a2bcaf8507801886cc26dff1ed3688a5ba42a16a
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * TFTP:: TFTP
83 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
84 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
85 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
86 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
87 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
88
89 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
90 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
91 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
92 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
93 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
94 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
95 @end menu
96
97 @node About
98 @unnumbered About
99 @cindex about
100
101 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
102 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
103 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
104 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
105 around the world.
106
107 @section What is OpenOCD?
108 @cindex TAP
109 @cindex JTAG
110
111 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
112 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
113 devices.
114
115 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
116 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
117 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
118 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
119 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
120 needed to hook up to the target.
121
122 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
123 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
124 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
125 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
126 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
127
128 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
129 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
130 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
131 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
132 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
133
134 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
135 signaling, and is used to communicate
136 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
137 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
138 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
139 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
140 scan operations.
141
142 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
143 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
144 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
145 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
146
147 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
148 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
149 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
150 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
151
152
153 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
154 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
155 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
156
157 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
158 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
159 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
160 debugged via the GDB protocol.
161
162 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
163 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
164 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
165 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
166 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
167
168 @section OpenOCD Web Site
169
170 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
171
172 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
173
174 @section Latest User's Guide:
175
176 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
177 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
178 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
179
180 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
181
182 PDF form is likewise published at:
183
184 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
185
186 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
187
188 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
189 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
190 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
191 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
192 instead of this forum.
193
194 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
195
196 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
197
198 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
199 communication between users:
200
201 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
202
203 @section OpenOCD IRC
204
205 Support can also be found on irc:
206 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
207
208 @node Developers
209 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
210 @cindex developers
211
212 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
213 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
214 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
215 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
216
217 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
218 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
219
220 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
221
222 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
223 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
224
225 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
226
227 or via http
228
229 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
230
231 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
232
233 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
234
235 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
236 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
237 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
238 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
239 needing a GIT client:
240
241 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
242
243 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
244 from the repository or a snapshot.
245
246 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
247 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
248 Patches created against older versions may require additional
249 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
250
251 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
252
253 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
254 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
255 technical information about the software internals, development
256 processes, and similar documentation:
257
258 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
259
260 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
261 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
262 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
263
264 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
265
266 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
267 communication between developers:
268
269 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
270
271 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
272 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
273 to prepare patches.
274
275 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
276
277 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
278 using Trac for its bug database:
279
280 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
281
282
283 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
284 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
285 @cindex dongles
286 @cindex FTDI
287 @cindex wiggler
288 @cindex zy1000
289 @cindex printer port
290 @cindex USB Adapter
291 @cindex RTCK
292
293 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
294 an adapter .... [snip]
295
296 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
297 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
298 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
299 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
300 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
301 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
302 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
303
304
305 @section Choosing a Dongle
306
307 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
308
309 @enumerate
310 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
311 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
312 other ways to communicate with target devices.
313 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
314 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
315 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
316 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
317 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
318 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
319 Ethernet port needed?
320 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
321 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
322 @end enumerate
323
324 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
325
326 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
327 stand-alone JTAG probe that unlikemost dongles doesn’t require any drivers
328 running on the developers host computer.
329 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
330 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
331 IP address assigned to the probe.
332 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
333 OpenOCD debugger.
334 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
335 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
336 the target.
337 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
338 to power cycle the target remotely.
339
340 For more information, visit:
341
342 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe}
343
344 @section USB FT2232 Based
345
346 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
347 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
348 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
349 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
350 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
351 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012 a new
352 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
353 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
354 clocking.)
355
356 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
357 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
358 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
359 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
360 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
361
362 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
363 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
364
365 @itemize @bullet
366 @item @b{usbjtag}
367 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
368 @item @b{jtagkey}
369 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
370 @item @b{jtagkey2}
371 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
372 @item @b{oocdlink}
373 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
374 @item @b{signalyzer}
375 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
376 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
377 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
378 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
379 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
380 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
381 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
382 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
383 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
384 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
385 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
386 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
387 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
388 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
389 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
390 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
391 @item @b{turtelizer2}
392 @* See:
393 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
394 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
395 @item @b{comstick}
396 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
397 @item @b{stm32stick}
398 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
399 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
400 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
401 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
402 @item @b{cortino}
403 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
404 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
405 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
406 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
407 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
408 @item @b{opendous}
409 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
410 (OpenHardware).
411 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
412 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
413
414 @item @b{GW16042}
415 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
416 FT2232H-based
417
418 @end itemize
419 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
420
421 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
422 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
423 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
424 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
425 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
426
427 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
428 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
429 (see the section on driver commands).
430
431 @itemize
432 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
433 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
434 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
435 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
436 @end itemize
437
438 @section USB JLINK based
439 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
440 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
441 AT91SAM764 internally.
442
443 @itemize @bullet
444 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
445 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
446 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
447 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
448 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
449 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
450 @end itemize
451
452 @section USB RLINK based
453 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
454 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
455 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
456
457 @itemize @bullet
458 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
459 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
460 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
461 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
462 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
464 @end itemize
465
466 @section USB ST-LINK based
467 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
468 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
469
470 @itemize @bullet
471 @item @b{ST-LINK}
472 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
473 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
474 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
475 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
476 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
477 @end itemize
478
479 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
480 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
481 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
482 @itemize @bullet
483 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
484 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
485 @end itemize
486
487 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
488 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
489 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
490 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
491
492 @section USB Other
493 @itemize @bullet
494 @item @b{USBprog}
495 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
496
497 @item @b{USB - Presto}
498 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
499
500 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
501 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
502
503 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
504 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
505
506 @item @b{Buspirate}
507 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
508
509 @item @b{opendous}
510 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
511
512 @item @b{estick}
513 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
514
515 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
516 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
517 @end itemize
518
519 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
520
521 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
522 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
523 these on the market.
524
525 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
526 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
527 of USB-based ones.
528
529 @itemize @bullet
530
531 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
532 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
533
534 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
535 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
536 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
537
538 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
539 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
540
541 @item @b{Wiggler2}
542 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
543
544 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
545 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
546
547 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
548 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
549
550 @item @b{arm-jtag}
551 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
552
553 @item @b{chameleon}
554 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
555
556 @item @b{Triton}
557 @* Unknown.
558
559 @item @b{Lattice}
560 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
561 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
562
563 @item @b{flashlink}
564 @* From ST Microsystems;
565 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
566
567 @end itemize
568
569 @section Other...
570 @itemize @bullet
571
572 @item @b{ep93xx}
573 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
574
575 @item @b{at91rm9200}
576 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
577
578 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
579 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
580
581 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
582 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
583 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
584
585 @end itemize
586
587 @node About Jim-Tcl
588 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
589 @cindex Jim-Tcl
590 @cindex tcl
591
592 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
593 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
594 command interpreter.
595
596 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
597 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
598 much of anything about Tcl.
599 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
600
601 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
602 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
603 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
604 OpenOCD mailing list.
605
606 @itemize @bullet
607 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
608 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
609 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
610 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
611 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
612 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
613
614 @item @b{Missing Features}
615 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
616 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
617 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
618 enabled in OpenOCD.
619
620 @item @b{Scripts}
621 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
622 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
623 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
624
625 @item @b{Commands}
626 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
627 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
628 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
629 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
630
631 @item @b{Historical Note}
632 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
633 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
634 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
635 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
636
637 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
638 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
639 @end itemize
640
641 @node Running
642 @chapter Running
643 @cindex command line options
644 @cindex logfile
645 @cindex directory search
646
647 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
648 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
649 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
650 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
651 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
652
653 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
654 tell it how each debug session should work.
655 The @option{--help} option shows:
656 @verbatim
657 bash$ openocd --help
658
659 --help | -h display this help
660 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
661 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
662 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
663 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
664 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
665 --command | -c run <command>
666 @end verbatim
667
668 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
669 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
670 To specify one or more different
671 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
672
673 @example
674 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
675 @end example
676
677 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
678 @enumerate
679 @item the current directory,
680 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
681 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
682 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
683 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
684 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
685 @end enumerate
686 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
687
688 @quotation Note
689 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
690 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
691 @end quotation
692
693 @section Simple setup, no customization
694
695 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
696 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
697 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
698 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
699 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
700
701 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
702 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
703 the server like:
704
705 @example
706 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
707 @end example
708
709 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
710 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
711 If all goes well you'll see output something like
712
713 @example
714 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
715 For bug reports, read
716 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
717 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
718 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
719 @end example
720
721 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
722 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
723 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
724
725 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
726
727 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
728 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
729 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
730 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
731 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
732 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
733 ensure that this always succeeds.
734 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
735 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
736 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
737 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
738
739 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
740 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
741 those channels.
742
743 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
744 the @option{-d} option.
745
746 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
747 @option{-c} command line switch.
748
749 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
750 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
751 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
752 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
753 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
754 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
755 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
756
757 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
758 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
759
760 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
761 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
762 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
763 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
764
765 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
766 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
767
768 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
769 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
770 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
771 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
772 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
773 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
774 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
775
776 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
777
778 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
779 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
780 and a USB cable on the other.
781 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
782 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
783
784 @enumerate
785 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
786 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
787 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
788 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
789 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
790 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
791 debugging host.
792
793 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
794 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
795 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
796 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
797 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
798
799 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
800 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
801 with 1.2 Volt boards.
802
803 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
804 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
805 ways to connect the cable.
806 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
807 Be sure it's firmly connected.
808
809 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
810 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
811 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
812 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
813 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
814 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
815 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
816 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
817
818 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
819 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
820 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
821 but are tedious to set up.
822 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
823 adapter signals to the right board pins.
824
825 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
826 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
827 you are using to run OpenOCD.
828 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
829
830 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
831 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
832 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
833
834 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
835 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
836 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
837
838 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
839 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
840 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
841 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
842
843 @end enumerate
844
845 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
846 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
847 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
848
849 @section Project Directory
850
851 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
852
853 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
854 single directory for your work with a given board.
855 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
856 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
857 files accessed through semihosting,
858 and for code you upload to the target board.
859 It is also the natural place to write files,
860 such as log files and data you download from the board.
861
862 @section Configuration Basics
863
864 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
865 a variety of ways you can mix them.
866 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
867
868 @itemize
869 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
870 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
871 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
872 @end itemize
873
874 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
875 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
876 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
877
878 @example
879 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
880
881 # GDB can also flash my flash!
882 gdb_memory_map enable
883 gdb_flash_program enable
884
885 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
886 @end example
887
888 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
889
890 @example
891 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
892 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
893 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
894 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
895 @end example
896
897 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
898 each supporting a different development task.
899 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
900 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
901
902 @quotation Important
903 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
904 problems with how it treats variables.
905 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
906 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
907 that can be tested in a later script.
908 @end quotation
909
910 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
911 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
912 to simplify your work.
913
914 @section User Config Files
915 @cindex config file, user
916 @cindex user config file
917 @cindex config file, overview
918
919 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
920 in one place.
921 One of the following will match your situation best:
922
923 @itemize
924 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
925 provided by someone else.
926 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
927 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
928 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
929 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
930 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
931 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
932
933 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
934 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
935
936 @enumerate
937 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
938 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
939 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
940 @end enumerate
941
942 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
943 The first is an interface config file.
944 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
945 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
946 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
947 meet your deadline:
948
949 @example
950 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
951 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
952 @end example
953
954 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
955 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
956 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
957 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
958
959 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
960 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
961 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
962 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
963 target and board
964 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
965 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
966
967 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
968 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
969 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
970 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
971
972 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
973 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
974 giving access to your particular flash chips.
975 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
976 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
977
978 @quotation Note
979 When you write new configuration files, please submit
980 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
981 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
982 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
983 will help support users of any board using that chip.
984 @end quotation
985
986 @item
987 You may may need to write some C code.
988 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
989 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
990 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
991 a new chip architecture.
992 @end itemize
993
994 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
995 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
996 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
997
998 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
999 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1000 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1001 @itemize
1002
1003 @item
1004 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1005 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1006 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1007 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1008
1009 @item
1010 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1011 @cindex vector_catch
1012 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1013 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1014 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1015 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1016 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1017 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1018
1019 @item
1020 You might need to override some defaults.
1021 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1022 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1023
1024 @item
1025 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1026 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1027 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1028 @end itemize
1029
1030 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1031
1032 A few project-specific utility
1033 routines may well speed up your work.
1034 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1035
1036 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1037 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1038 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1039 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1040 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1041 may help:
1042
1043 @example
1044 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1045 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1046 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1047 # Leave the CPU halted.
1048 reset init
1049
1050 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1051 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1052
1053 # Start running.
1054 resume 0x20000000
1055 @}
1056 @end example
1057
1058 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1059 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1060 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1061 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1062 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1063
1064 @example
1065 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1066 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1067 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1068 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1069 reset init
1070
1071 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1072 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1073 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1074 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1075 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1076 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1077 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1078
1079 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1080 reset run
1081 @}
1082 @end example
1083
1084 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1085 from NAND.
1086 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1087 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1088 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1089
1090 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1091 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1092
1093 @section Target Software Changes
1094
1095 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1096 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1097 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1098 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1099 handling issues like:
1100
1101 @itemize @bullet
1102
1103 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1104 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1105 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1106 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1107 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1108 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1109 your debug sessions.
1110
1111 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1112 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1113 That might however be your only option.
1114
1115 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1116 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1117 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1118 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1119 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1120 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1121 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1122 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1123 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1124 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1125 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1126 instead of the whole thing.
1127 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1128 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1129
1130 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1131 @cindex ARM semihosting
1132 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1133 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1134 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1135 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1136 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1137 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1138 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1139 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1140 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1141 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1142 NAND or SPI flash.
1143
1144 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1145 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1146 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1147 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1148 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1149
1150 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1151 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1152 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1153 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1154 registers which can be used to change various features including
1155 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1156 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1157 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1158 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1159 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1160
1161 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1162 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1163 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1164 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1165 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1166
1167 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1168 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1169 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1170 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1171 early code execution can be debugged
1172 or firmware can be replaced.
1173
1174 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1175 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1176 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1177 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1178 operations like writing to memory.)
1179
1180 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1181 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1182 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1183 various kinds of message.
1184 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1185
1186 @end itemize
1187
1188 @section Target Hardware Setup
1189
1190 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1191 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1192 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1193 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1194 working with.}
1195
1196 Common issues include:
1197
1198 @itemize @bullet
1199
1200 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1201 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1202 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1203 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1204 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1205 or one from a daughtercard).
1206 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1207 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1208
1209 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1210 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1211 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1212 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1213 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1214 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1215
1216 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1217 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1218 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1219 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1220 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1221
1222
1223 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1224 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1225 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1226 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1227 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1228 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1229 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1230
1231 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1232 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1233 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1234 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1235 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1236
1237 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1238 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1239 used to start booting.
1240
1241 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1242 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1243 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1244 multiple audio codec chips).
1245 This interacts with software
1246 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1247 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1248 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1249 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1250 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1251 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1252 audio or video codecs are used.
1253
1254 @end itemize
1255
1256 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1257 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1258 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1259 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1260 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1261 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1262 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1263 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1264 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1265 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1266
1267
1268 @node Config File Guidelines
1269 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1270
1271 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1272 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1273 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1274 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1275
1276 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1277 with files including the ones listed here.
1278 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1279 @itemize @bullet
1280 @item @file{interface} ...
1281 These are for debug adapters.
1282 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1283 @example
1284 $ ls interface -R
1285 interface/:
1286 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1287 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1288 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1289 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1290 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1291 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1292 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1293 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1294 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1295 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1296 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1297 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1298 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1299 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1300 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1301 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1302 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1303 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1304 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1305 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1306 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1307 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1308 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1309 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1310 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1311
1312 interface/ftdi:
1313 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1314 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1315 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1316 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1317 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1318 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1319 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1320 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1321 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1322 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1323 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1324 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1325 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1326 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1327 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1328 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1329 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1330 $
1331 @end example
1332 @item @file{board} ...
1333 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1334 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1335 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1336 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1337 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1338 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1339 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1340 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1341 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1342 a CPU and an FPGA.
1343 @example
1344 $ ls board
1345 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1346 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1347 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1348 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1349 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1350 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1351 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1352 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1353 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1354 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1355 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1356 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1357 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1358 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1359 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1360 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1361 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1362 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1363 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1364 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1365 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1366 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1367 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1368 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1369 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1370 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1371 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1372 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1373 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1374 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1375 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1376 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1377 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1378 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1379 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1380 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1381 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1382 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1383 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1384 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1385 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1386 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1387 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1388 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1389 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1390 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1391 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1392 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1393 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1394 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1395 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1396 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1397 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1398 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1399 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1400 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1401 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1402 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1403 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1404 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1405 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1406 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1407 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1408 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1409 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1410 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1411 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1412 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1413 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1414 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1415 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1416 $
1417 @end example
1418 @item @file{target} ...
1419 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1420 on a chip
1421 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1422 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1423 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1424 the target config file defines all of them.
1425 @example
1426 $ ls target
1427 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1428 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1429 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1430 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1431 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1432 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1433 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1434 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1435 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1436 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1437 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1438 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1439 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1440 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1441 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1442 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1443 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1444 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1445 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1446 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1447 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1448 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1449 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1450 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1451 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1452 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1453 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1454 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1455 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1456 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1457 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1458 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1459 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1460 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1461 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1462 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1463 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1464 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1465 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1466 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1467 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1468 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1469 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1470 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1471 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1472 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1473 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1474 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1475 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1476 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1477 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1478 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1479 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1480 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1481 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1482 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1483 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1484 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1485 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1486 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1487 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1488 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1489 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1490 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1491 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1492 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1493 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1494 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1495 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1496 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1497 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1498 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1499 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1500 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1501 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1502 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1503 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1504 @end example
1505 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1506 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1507 @end itemize
1508
1509 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1510 file may override features in any of the above files by
1511 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1512 commands specific to their situation.
1513
1514 @section Interface Config Files
1515
1516 The user config file
1517 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1518
1519 @example
1520 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1521 @end example
1522
1523 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1524 in use today with OpenOCD.
1525 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1526 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1527
1528 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1529 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1530 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1531 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1532 and need to provide a driver for it.
1533
1534 @section Board Config Files
1535 @cindex config file, board
1536 @cindex board config file
1537
1538 The user config file
1539 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1540
1541 @example
1542 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1543 @end example
1544
1545 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1546 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1547 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1548
1549 @enumerate
1550 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1551 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1552 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1553 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1554 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1555 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1556 @end enumerate
1557
1558 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1559 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1560 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1561 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1562
1563 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1564 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1565 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1566 configuration works.
1567
1568 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1569
1570 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1571 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1572 convention on how to use certain variables.
1573
1574 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1575 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1576 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1577 used at will within a target configuration file.
1578
1579 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1580 for a board with three chips:
1581
1582 @example
1583 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1584 set CHIPNAME network
1585 set ENDIAN big
1586 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1587 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1588 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1589 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1590
1591 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1592 set CHIPNAME video
1593 set ENDIAN little
1594 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1595 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1596 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1597 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1598
1599 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1600 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1601 unset ENDIAN
1602 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1603 @end example
1604
1605 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1606 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1607 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1608 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1609 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1610 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1611 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1612 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1613
1614 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1615 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1616 naming collisions.
1617
1618 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1619 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1620 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1621 up other clocks and peripherals.
1622
1623 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1624 @cindex variable names
1625
1626 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1627 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1628 one such chip (as shown above).
1629 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1630 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1631 to promote consistency and
1632 so that board files can override target defaults.
1633
1634 Inputs to target config files include:
1635
1636 @itemize @bullet
1637 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1638 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1639 tap identifier dotted names.
1640 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1641 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1642 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1643 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1644 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1645 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1646 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1647 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1648 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1649 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1650 @end itemize
1651
1652 Outputs from target config files include:
1653
1654 @itemize @bullet
1655 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1656 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1657 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1658 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1659 specific to that board and that target.
1660 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1661 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1662 @end itemize
1663
1664 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1665 @cindex event, reset-init
1666 @cindex reset-init handler
1667
1668 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1669 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1670 fully set up yet.
1671 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1672 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1673 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1674 handler is one of the most important.
1675
1676 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1677 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1678 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1679 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1680 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1681
1682 @quotation Note
1683 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1684 are included here.
1685 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1686 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1687 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1688 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1689 @end quotation
1690
1691 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1692 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1693 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1694 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1695 those as parameters.
1696 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1697 and disabling the watchdog.
1698 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1699 the next developer doing such work.
1700 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1701
1702 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1703 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1704 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1705 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1706
1707 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1708
1709 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1710 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1711 a low JTAG clock rate.
1712 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1713 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1714 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1715 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1716 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1717 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1718 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1719
1720 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1721 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1722 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1723 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1724 which might be less than that.
1725
1726 @quotation Warning
1727 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1728 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1729 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1730 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1731 @end quotation
1732
1733 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1734 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1735 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1736 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1737 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1738 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1739
1740 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1741 @subsection The init_board procedure
1742 @cindex init_board procedure
1743
1744 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1745 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1746 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1747 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1748 spearate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1749 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1750 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1751 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1752 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1753 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1754 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1755 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1756
1757 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1758 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1759
1760 @example
1761 ### board_file.cfg ###
1762
1763 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1764 source [find target/target.cfg]
1765
1766 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1767 # enables fast on-board clock source
1768 # configures the chip to use it
1769 @}
1770
1771 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1772 proc init_board @{@} @{
1773 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1774
1775 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1776 adapter_khz 1
1777 enable_fast_clock
1778 adapter_khz 10000
1779 @}
1780 @}
1781 @end example
1782
1783 @section Target Config Files
1784 @cindex config file, target
1785 @cindex target config file
1786
1787 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1788 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1789 more target config files like this:
1790
1791 @example
1792 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1793 @end example
1794
1795 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1796 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1797 In summary the target files should contain
1798
1799 @enumerate
1800 @item Set defaults
1801 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1802 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1803 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1804 @item On-Chip flash
1805 @end enumerate
1806
1807 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1808 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1809 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1810
1811 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1812 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1813 can talk to the chip.
1814 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1815 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1816 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1817 and other processing engines.
1818
1819 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1820
1821 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1822 letting board config files express environment-specific
1823 differences in how things should be set up.
1824
1825 @example
1826 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1827 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1828 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1829 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1830 @} else @{
1831 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1832 @}
1833
1834 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1835 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1836 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1837 @} else @{
1838 set _ENDIAN little
1839 @}
1840
1841 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1842 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1843 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1844 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1845 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1846 @} else @{
1847 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1848 @}
1849 @end example
1850 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1851
1852 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1853 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1854 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1855
1856 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1857 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1858 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1859
1860 @example
1861 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1862 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1863 @end example
1864
1865 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1866 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1867 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1868 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1869 for taps.
1870
1871 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1872 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1873 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1874 looks (in part) like this:
1875
1876 @example
1877 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1878 @end example
1879
1880 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1881 to source such a config file twice, with different
1882 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1883 it adds a different TAP each time.
1884
1885 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1886 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1887 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1888 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1889
1890 @example
1891 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1892 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1893 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1894 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1895 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1896 @end example
1897
1898 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1899 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1900
1901 @itemize
1902 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1903 plus a JRC to enable them
1904 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1905 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1906 is not currently used)
1907 @end itemize
1908
1909 @subsection Add CPU targets
1910
1911 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1912 GDB and other commands can use it.
1913 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1914 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1915 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1916 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1917
1918 @example
1919 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1920 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1921 @end example
1922
1923 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1924 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1925 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1926 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1927 a work area if you can.
1928 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1929
1930 @example
1931 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1932 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1933 @end example
1934
1935 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1936 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1937 @cindex SMP
1938 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1939
1940 @example
1941 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1942 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1943 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1944 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1945 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1946 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1947 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1948 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1949 @end example
1950 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1951 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1952 @itemize @bullet
1953 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1954 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1955 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1956 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1957 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1958 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1959 @end itemize
1960
1961 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1962 command have been implemented.
1963 @itemize @bullet
1964 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1965 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1966 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1967 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1968 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1969 following example.
1970 @end itemize
1971
1972 @example
1973 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1974 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1975 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1976 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1977 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
1978 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1979 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1980 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1981 > resume
1982 > cortex_a smp_gdb
1983 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1984 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1985 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1986 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
1987 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1988 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1989 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1990 @end example
1991
1992
1993 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1994
1995 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1996 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1997 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1998
1999 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2000 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2001 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2002 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2003 both signals.
2004
2005 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2006 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2007 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2008 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2009 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2010 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2011 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2012 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2013 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2014 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2015 not available.)
2016
2017 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2018 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2019 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2020 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2021 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2022 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2023 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2024 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2025
2026 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2027 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2028 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2029 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2030 slower clock than they will use later.
2031 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2032 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2033 than they will use later.
2034 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2035
2036 @quotation Important
2037 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2038 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2039 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2040 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2041 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2042 @end quotation
2043
2044 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2045 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2046 @cindex init_targets procedure
2047
2048 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2049 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2050 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2051 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2052 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2053 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2054 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2055 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2056 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2057
2058 @example
2059 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2060
2061 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2062 # basic initialization procedure ...
2063 @}
2064
2065 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2066 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2067 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2068 @}
2069
2070 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2071
2072 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2073
2074 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2075 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2076 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2077 @}
2078 @end example
2079
2080 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2081 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2082
2083 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2084
2085 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2086 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2087
2088 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2089
2090 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2091 special high speed download features - enable it.
2092
2093 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2094
2095 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2096 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2097 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2098 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2099 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2100 If you are using an external trace port,
2101 configure it in your board config file.
2102 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2103 configure it in your target config file.
2104
2105 @example
2106 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2107 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2108 @end example
2109
2110 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2111
2112 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2113
2114 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2115 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2116 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2117 the TARGET (chip) file.
2118
2119 Examples:
2120 @itemize @bullet
2121 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2122 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2123 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2124 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2125 @end itemize
2126
2127 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2128 @section Translating Configuration Files
2129 @cindex translation
2130 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2131 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2132 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2133 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2134 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2135 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2136
2137 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2138 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2139 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2140 convert other scripts later on.
2141
2142 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2143 replace job:
2144
2145 @example
2146 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2147 #
2148 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2149 #
2150 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2151 #
2152 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2153
2154 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2155 global TARGETNAME
2156
2157 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2158
2159 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2160 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2161 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2162 @}
2163 @end example
2164
2165
2166
2167 @node Daemon Configuration
2168 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2169 @cindex initialization
2170 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2171 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2172 supported.
2173
2174 @anchor{configurationstage}
2175 @section Configuration Stage
2176 @cindex configuration stage
2177 @cindex config command
2178
2179 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2180 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2181 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2182 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2183 inside startup scripts.
2184
2185 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2186 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2187 which may be issued interactively.
2188 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2189 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2190
2191 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2192 flash banks,
2193 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2194 and other basic setup.
2195 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2196 may access or activate TAPs.
2197 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2198 longer be issued.
2199
2200 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2201 @section Entering the Run Stage
2202
2203 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2204 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2205 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2206 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2207 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2208 You should see no errors at this point.
2209 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2210 commands you used to configure the server.
2211 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2212 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2213 on the scan chain.
2214
2215 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2216 become available.
2217 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2218 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2219 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2220 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2221 entry to the run stage.
2222
2223 @deffn {Config Command} init
2224 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2225 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2226 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2227 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2228 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2229 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2230
2231 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2232 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2233 configuration files and/or command line options.
2234
2235 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2236 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2237 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2238 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2239 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2240 @end deffn
2241
2242 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2243 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2244 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2245
2246 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2247 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2248 scan chain.
2249 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2250 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2251
2252 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2253 they return.
2254 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2255 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2256 @end deffn
2257
2258 @anchor{tcpipports}
2259 @section TCP/IP Ports
2260 @cindex TCP port
2261 @cindex server
2262 @cindex port
2263 @cindex security
2264 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2265 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2266 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2267
2268 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2269 access using one or more of these ports.
2270 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2271 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2272 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2273
2274 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2275 @cindex GDB server
2276 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2277 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2278 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2279 the normal use cases.
2280
2281 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2282 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2283 disables the gdb server.
2284
2285 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2286 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2287
2288 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2289 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2290
2291 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2292 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2293 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2294
2295 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2296 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2297 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2298 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2299 @end deffn
2300
2301 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2302 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2303 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2304 output from the Tcl engine.
2305 Intended as a machine interface.
2306 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2307 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2308
2309 @end deffn
2310
2311 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2312 Specify or query the
2313 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2314 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2315 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2316 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2317 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2318 @end deffn
2319
2320 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2321 @section GDB Configuration
2322 @cindex GDB
2323 @cindex GDB configuration
2324 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2325 The ones listed here are static and global.
2326 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2327 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2328
2329 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2330 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2331 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2332 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2333 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2334 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2335 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2336 @end deffn
2337
2338 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2339 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2340 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2341 vFlash packet is received.
2342 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2343 @end deffn
2344
2345 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2346 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2347 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2348 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2349 for flash programming to work.
2350 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2351 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2352 @end deffn
2353
2354 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2355 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2356 by GDB memory read packets.
2357 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2358 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2359 @end deffn
2360
2361 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2362 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2363 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2364 @end deffn
2365
2366 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2367 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2368
2369 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2370 @end deffn
2371
2372 @anchor{eventpolling}
2373 @section Event Polling
2374
2375 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2376 where significant events can happen at any time.
2377 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2378 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2379 or to GDB.
2380
2381 Examples of such events include:
2382
2383 @itemize
2384 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2385 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2386 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2387 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2388 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2389 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2390 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2391 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2392 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2393 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2394 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2395 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2396 @end itemize
2397
2398 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2399 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2400 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2401 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2402 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2403
2404 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2405 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2406 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2407 to the various active targets.
2408 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2409 which is normally done in the background.
2410
2411 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2412 Poll the current target for its current state.
2413 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2414 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2415 specific information about the current state is printed.
2416 An optional parameter
2417 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2418
2419 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2420 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2421 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2422 @example
2423 > poll
2424 background polling: on
2425 target state: halted
2426 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2427 current mode: Supervisor
2428 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2429 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2430 >
2431 @end example
2432 @end deffn
2433
2434 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2435 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2436 @cindex config file, interface
2437 @cindex interface config file
2438
2439 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2440 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2441 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2442
2443 @quotation Note
2444 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2445 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2446 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2447 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2448 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2449 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2450 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2451 @end quotation
2452
2453 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2454 through commands in an interface configuration
2455 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2456 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2457
2458 @example
2459 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2460 @end example
2461
2462 These commands tell
2463 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2464 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2465
2466 @example
2467 # jlink interface
2468 interface jlink
2469 @end example
2470
2471 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2472
2473
2474 @section Interface Configuration
2475
2476 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2477 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2478 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2479
2480 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2481 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2482 target.
2483 @end deffn
2484
2485 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2486 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2487 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2488 @end deffn
2489 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2490 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2491 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2492 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2493 the hardware can support.
2494 @end deffn
2495
2496
2497
2498 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2499 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2500 @end deffn
2501
2502 @section Interface Drivers
2503
2504 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2505 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2506 available at run time.
2507
2508 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2509 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2510 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2511 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2512
2513 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2514 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2515 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2516 @end deffn
2517
2518 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2519 Displays status of RTCK option.
2520 Optionally sets that option first.
2521 @end deffn
2522 @end deffn
2523
2524 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2525 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2526 This has one driver-specific command:
2527
2528 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2529 Logs some status
2530 @end deffn
2531 @end deffn
2532
2533 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2534 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2535 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2536 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2537 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2538 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2539 @end deffn
2540
2541 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2542 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2543 @end deffn
2544
2545 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2546 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2547 @end deffn
2548
2549 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2550 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2551
2552 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2553 recommended as its replacement.
2554
2555 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2556 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2557
2558 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2559 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2560 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2561 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2562 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2563 @end deffn
2564
2565 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2566 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2567 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2568 is connected to the host.
2569 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2570 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2571 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2572 @end deffn
2573
2574 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2575 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2576 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2577 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2578 @itemize @minus
2579 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2580 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2581 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2582 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2583 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2584 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2585 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2586 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2587 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2588 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2589 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2590 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2591 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2592 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2593 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2594 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2595 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2596 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2597 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2598 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2599 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2600 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2601 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2602 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2603 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2604 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2605 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2606 @end itemize
2607 @end deffn
2608
2609 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2610 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2611 default values are used.
2612 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2613 @example
2614 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2615 @end example
2616 @end deffn
2617
2618 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2619 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2620 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2621 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2622 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2623 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2624 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2625 @end deffn
2626
2627 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2628 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2629 The default value is 1.
2630 @end deffn
2631
2632 For example, the interface config file for a
2633 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2634
2635 @example
2636 interface ft2232
2637 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2638 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2639 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2640 @end example
2641 @end deffn
2642
2643 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2644 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2645 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2646 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2647 interface driver.
2648
2649 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2650 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2651 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2652
2653 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2654 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2655 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2656
2657 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2658 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2659 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2660 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2661 will be used for their customary purpose.
2662
2663 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2664 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2665 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2666 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2667
2668 @itemize @minus
2669 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2670 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2671 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2672 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2673 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2674 switching data and direction as necessary
2675 @end itemize
2676
2677 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2678 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2679
2680 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2681 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2682 default values are used.
2683 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2684 @example
2685 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2686 @end example
2687 @end deffn
2688
2689 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2690 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2691 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2692 during device selection.
2693 @end deffn
2694
2695 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2696 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2697 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2698 is connected to the host.
2699 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2700 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2701 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2702 @end deffn
2703
2704 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2705 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2706 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2707 @end deffn
2708
2709 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2710 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2711 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2712 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2713 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2714 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2715 and initially asserted reset signals.
2716 @end deffn
2717
2718 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2719 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2720 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2721 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2722 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2723 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2724 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2725 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2726 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2727
2728 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2729 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2730 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2731 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2732 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2733 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2734
2735 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2736 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2737 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2738 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2739 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2740 are always driven by the FTDI.
2741 @end deffn
2742
2743 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2744 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2745 @itemize @minus
2746 @item @option{0}, drive low
2747 @item @option{1}, drive high
2748 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2749 @end itemize
2750 @end deffn
2751
2752 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2753 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2754 @end deffn
2755
2756 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2757 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2758 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2759 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2760
2761 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2762 processors which are being simulated.
2763
2764 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2765 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2766 sockets instead of TCP.
2767 @end deffn
2768
2769 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2770 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2771 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2772 @end deffn
2773
2774 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2775 something like:
2776
2777 @example
2778 interface remote_bitbang
2779 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2780 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2781 @end example
2782
2783 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2784 named mysocket:
2785
2786 @example
2787 interface remote_bitbang
2788 remote_bitbang_port 0
2789 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2790 @end example
2791 @end deffn
2792
2793 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2794 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2795 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2796 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2797
2798 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2799 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2800 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2801 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2802 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2803 @end deffn
2804
2805 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2806 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2807 default values are used.
2808 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2809 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2810 @example
2811 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2812 @end example
2813 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2814 @example
2815 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2816 @end example
2817 @end deffn
2818
2819 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2820 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2821 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2822 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2823
2824 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2825 @example
2826 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2827 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2828 @end example
2829 @end deffn
2830
2831 @end deffn
2832
2833 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2834 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2835 This has one driver-specific command:
2836
2837 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2838 Display either the address of the I/O port
2839 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2840 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2841 This is a write-once setting.
2842 @end deffn
2843 @end deffn
2844
2845 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2846 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2847
2848 @quotation Compatibility Note
2849 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2850 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2851 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2852 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2853 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2854 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2855 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2856 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2857 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2858 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2859 @end quotation
2860
2861 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2862 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2863 @end deffn
2864 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2865 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2866 @end deffn
2867 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2868 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2869 @end deffn
2870 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2871 Display the J-Link configuration.
2872 @end deffn
2873 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2874 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2875 @end deffn
2876 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2877 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2878 @end deffn
2879 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2880 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2881 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2882 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2883 @end deffn
2884 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2885 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2886 @end deffn
2887 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2888 Reset the current configuration.
2889 @end deffn
2890 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2891 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2892 @end deffn
2893 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2894 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2895 @end deffn
2896 @end deffn
2897
2898 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2899 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2900 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2901 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2902 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2903
2904 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2905 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2906 This is a write-once setting.
2907 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2908
2909 @itemize @minus
2910 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2911 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2912 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2913 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2914 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2915 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2916 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2917 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2918 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2919 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2920 some versions of
2921 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2922 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2923 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2924 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2925 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2926 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2927 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2928 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2929 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2930 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2931 @end itemize
2932 @end deffn
2933
2934 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2935 Display either the address of the I/O port
2936 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2937 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2938 This is a write-once setting.
2939
2940 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2941 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2942 you may encounter a problem.
2943 @end deffn
2944
2945 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2946 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2947 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2948 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2949 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2950 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2951
2952 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2953 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2954 @quotation Tip
2955 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2956 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2957 @example
2958 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2959 > adapter_khz 500
2960 @end example
2961 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2962 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2963 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2964 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2965 large set of samples.
2966 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2967 @example
2968 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2969 @end example
2970 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2971 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2972
2973 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2974 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2975 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2976 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2977 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2978 @end quotation
2979 @end deffn
2980
2981 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2982 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2983 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2984 @end deffn
2985
2986 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2987 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2988
2989 @example
2990 interface parport
2991 parport_port 0x278
2992 parport_cable wiggler
2993 @end example
2994 @end deffn
2995
2996 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2997 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2998 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2999 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3000 @end deffn
3001 @end deffn
3002
3003 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3004 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3005 @end deffn
3006
3007 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3008 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3009 @end deffn
3010
3011 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3012 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3013
3014 @quotation Note
3015 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3016 which are not currently documented here.
3017 @end quotation
3018 @end deffn
3019
3020 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3021 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3022 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3023 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3024
3025 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3026
3027 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3028 Currently Not Supported.
3029 @end deffn
3030
3031 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3032 Currently Not Supported.
3033 @end deffn
3034
3035 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3036 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3037 @end deffn
3038
3039 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3040 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3041 @end deffn
3042
3043 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
3044 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2. (@b{STLINK Only}).
3045 @end deffn
3046
3047 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} output_file_path source_clock_hz
3048 Enable SWO tracing (if supported), trace data is appended to the specified
3049 output file and the file is created if it does not exist. The source clock
3050 rate for the trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock
3051 rate.
3052 @end deffn
3053 @end deffn
3054
3055 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3056 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3057 @end deffn
3058
3059 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3060 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3061 @end deffn
3062
3063 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3064 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3065 @end deffn
3066
3067 @quotation Note
3068 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3069 which are not currently documented here.
3070 @end quotation
3071
3072 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3073 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3074 No arguments: print status.
3075 @end deffn
3076
3077 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3078 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3079 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3080
3081 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3082 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3083 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3084 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3085 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3086 configuration on exit.
3087
3088 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3089 pinout.
3090
3091 @end deffn
3092
3093 @section Transport Configuration
3094 @cindex Transport
3095 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3096 and the debug adapter you are using,
3097 several transports may be available to
3098 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3099 @deffn Command {transport list}
3100 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3101 version of OpenOCD.
3102 @end deffn
3103
3104 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3105 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3106 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3107 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3108 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3109 @end deffn
3110
3111 @subsection JTAG Transport
3112 @cindex JTAG
3113 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3114 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3115 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3116 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3117 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3118 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3119 @subsection SWD Transport
3120 @cindex SWD
3121 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3122 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3123 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3124 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3125 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3126 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3127 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3128 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3129 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3130 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3131 expected to change.
3132 @end deffn
3133 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3134 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3135 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3136 No parameters: displays current settings.
3137 @end deffn
3138
3139 @subsection SPI Transport
3140 @cindex SPI
3141 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3142 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3143 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3144 solution for flash programming.
3145
3146 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3147 @section JTAG Speed
3148 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3149 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3150 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3151 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3152 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3153 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3154 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3155 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3156 power management software that may be active.
3157
3158 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3159 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3160 target event handler.
3161 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3162 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3163 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3164 sets up those clocks).
3165 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3166 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3167 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3168 in the target config file.
3169 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3170 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3171 config file instead.
3172 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3173 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3174 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3175
3176 @example
3177 jtag_rclk 3000
3178 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3179 @end example
3180
3181 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3182 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3183 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3184 may not be the fastest solution.
3185
3186 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3187 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3188 which support adaptive clocking.
3189
3190 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3191 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3192 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3193 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3194 than the speed specified.
3195
3196 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3197 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3198 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3199 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3200
3201 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3202 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3203 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3204 JTAG clocking after setup.
3205 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3206 If the interface device can not
3207 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3208 @end deffn
3209
3210 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3211 @cindex adaptive clocking
3212 @cindex RTCK
3213 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3214 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3215 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3216 @example
3217 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3218 jtag_rclk 3000
3219 @end example
3220 @end defun
3221
3222 @node Reset Configuration
3223 @chapter Reset Configuration
3224 @cindex Reset Configuration
3225
3226 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3227 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3228 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3229 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3230 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3231 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3232 Please see the various board files for examples.
3233
3234 @quotation Note
3235 To maintainers and integrators:
3236 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3237 Normally the board configuration file
3238 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3239 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3240
3241 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3242 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3243 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3244 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3245 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3246 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3247 @end quotation
3248
3249 @section Types of Reset
3250
3251 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3252 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3253 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3254
3255 @itemize @bullet
3256 @item
3257 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3258 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3259 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3260 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3261 @item
3262 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3263 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3264 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3265 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3266 @item
3267 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3268 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3269 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3270 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3271 @item
3272 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3273 several other types of reset.
3274 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3275 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3276 There may be individual module resets.
3277 @end itemize
3278
3279 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3280 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3281 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3282 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3283 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3284 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3285 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3286 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3287 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3288
3289 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3290 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3291
3292 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3293 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3294 common issues are:
3295
3296 @itemize @bullet
3297
3298 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3299 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3300 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3301 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3302 when either of those signals is not connected.
3303 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3304 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3305 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3306 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3307
3308 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3309 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3310 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3311 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3312
3313 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3314 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3315 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3316 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3317 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3318 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3319 hardware debouncing.
3320 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3321 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3322
3323 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3324 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3325 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3326 to use push/pull output drivers.
3327 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3328 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3329 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3330 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3331
3332 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3333 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3334 issues (not limited to errata).
3335 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3336 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3337 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3338 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3339 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3340 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3341 @end itemize
3342
3343 There can also be other issues.
3344 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3345 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3346 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3347 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3348 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3349 Agreement (NDA).
3350
3351 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3352 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3353 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3354
3355 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3356 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3357
3358 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3359
3360 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3361 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3362 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3363 allowing it to be deasserted.
3364 @end deffn
3365
3366 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3367 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3368 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3369 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3370 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3371 @end deffn
3372
3373 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3374 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3375 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3376 allowing it to be deasserted.
3377 @end deffn
3378
3379 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3380 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3381 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3382 @end deffn
3383
3384 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3385 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3386 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3387 configuration scripts.
3388
3389 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3390 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3391 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3392 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3393 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3394 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3395 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3396 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3397
3398 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3399 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3400 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3401 -- may be specified at a time.
3402 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3403 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3404 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3405 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3406 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3407
3408 @itemize
3409 @item
3410 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3411 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3412 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3413 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3414 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3415
3416 @quotation Tip
3417 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3418 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3419 @end quotation
3420
3421 @item
3422 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3423 signal implementations.
3424 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3425 indicating everything behaves normally.
3426 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3427 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3428 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3429 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3430 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3431 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3432 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3433
3434 @item
3435 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3436 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3437 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3438 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3439 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3440 while SRST is asserted.
3441 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3442 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3443
3444 @item
3445 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3446 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3447 is required to use this option.
3448 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3449 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3450 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3451 be asserted before any target connection.
3452 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3453 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3454 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3455 @end itemize
3456
3457 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3458 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3459 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3460 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3461 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3462
3463 @itemize
3464 @item
3465 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3466 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3467 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3468 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3469
3470 @item
3471 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3472 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3473 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3474 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3475 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3476 @end itemize
3477 @end deffn
3478
3479 @section Custom Reset Handling
3480 @cindex events
3481
3482 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3483 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3484 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3485 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3486 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3487 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3488
3489 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3490 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3491 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3492 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3493 want to reset everything at once.
3494
3495 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3496 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3497 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3498 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3499 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3500 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3501 needs special attention.
3502
3503 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3504 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3505 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3506 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3507 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3508 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3509 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3510 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3511
3512 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3513 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3514 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3515 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3516 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3517
3518 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3519 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3520 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3521 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3522 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3523 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3524 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3525 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3526 or potentially some other value.
3527
3528 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3529 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3530 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3531 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3532 (or their associated targets)
3533 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3534
3535 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3536 they return.
3537 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3538 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3539 @end deffn
3540
3541 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3542 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3543 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3544 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3545 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3546 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3547 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3548 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3549 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3550 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3551 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3552 @end deffn
3553
3554 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3555 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3556 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3557 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3558 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3559 @end deffn
3560
3561
3562 @node TAP Declaration
3563 @chapter TAP Declaration
3564 @cindex TAP declaration
3565 @cindex TAP configuration
3566
3567 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3568 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3569
3570 @itemize @bullet
3571 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3572 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3573 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3574 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3575 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3576 start running that code.
3577 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3578 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3579 and missing connections
3580 @end itemize
3581
3582 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3583 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3584 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3585 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3586 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3587
3588 @section Scan Chains
3589 @cindex scan chain
3590
3591 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3592 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3593 They also need to be added to
3594 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3595 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3596 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3597 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3598 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3599 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3600 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3601 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3602
3603 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3604 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3605 command, presented in the next chapter.
3606 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3607 debugging targets.)
3608 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3609
3610 @verbatim
3611 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3612 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3613 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3614 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3615 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3616 @end verbatim
3617
3618 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3619 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3620 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3621 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3622 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3623 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3624 until they are told to do so.
3625
3626 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3627 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3628 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3629 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3630
3631 @example
3632 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3633 @end example
3634
3635 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3636 by a given chip.
3637 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3638 and so forth.
3639 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3640 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3641 a single chip and between them.
3642 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3643
3644 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3645 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3646 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3647 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3648 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3649 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3650 includes commands something like this:
3651
3652 @example
3653 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3654 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3655 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3656 @end example
3657
3658 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3659 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3660 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3661
3662 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3663 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3664 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3665 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3666 @example
3667 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3668 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3669 @}
3670 @end example
3671 @end deffn
3672
3673 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3674 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3675 and their status.
3676 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3677 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3678 but systems with a JTAG router can
3679 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3680 @end deffn
3681
3682 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3683 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3684
3685 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3686 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3687
3688 @section TAP Names
3689 @cindex dotted name
3690
3691 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3692 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3693 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3694 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3695 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3696 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3697 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3698 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3699
3700 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3701 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3702 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3703
3704 @quotation Tip
3705 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3706 This feature is still present.
3707 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3708 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3709 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3710 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3711 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3712 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3713 @end quotation
3714
3715 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3716
3717 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3718 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3719 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3720 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3721
3722 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3723 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3724 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3725 overridable.
3726
3727 @cindex TAP naming convention
3728 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3729 and should follow this convention:
3730
3731 @itemize @bullet
3732 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3733 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3734 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3735 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3736 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3737 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3738 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3739 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3740 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3741 with a single TAP;
3742 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3743 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3744 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3745 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3746 @end itemize
3747
3748 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3749
3750 @itemize @bullet
3751 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3752 @*The length in bits of the
3753 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3754 @end itemize
3755
3756 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3757
3758 @itemize @bullet
3759 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3760 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3761 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3762 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3763 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3764 (the TAP is linked in).
3765 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3766 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3767 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3768 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3769 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3770 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3771 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3772 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3773 values that were found but not included in the list.
3774
3775 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3776 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3777 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3778 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3779 hardware to find these values.
3780 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3781 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3782 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3783 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3784 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3785 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3786 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3787 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3788 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3789 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3790 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3791 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3792 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3793 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3794 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3795 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3796 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3797 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3798 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3799 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3800 @end itemize
3801 @end deffn
3802
3803 @section Other TAP commands
3804
3805 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3806 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3807 At this writing this TAP attribute
3808 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3809 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3810 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3811 See the next section for information about the available events.
3812
3813 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3814 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3815 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3816 @end deffn
3817
3818 @section TAP Events
3819 @cindex events
3820 @cindex TAP events
3821
3822 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3823 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3824 The other applies to debugger targets,
3825 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3826
3827 The TAP events currently defined are:
3828
3829 @itemize @bullet
3830 @item @b{post-reset}
3831 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3832 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3833 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3834 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3835 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3836
3837 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3838 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3839 of any particular target.
3840 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3841 @item @b{setup}
3842 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3843 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3844 @item @b{tap-disable}
3845 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3846 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3847 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3848 @item @b{tap-enable}
3849 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3850 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3851 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3852 @end itemize
3853
3854 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3855 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3856 contents to be accurate), you might:
3857
3858 @example
3859 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3860 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3861 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3862 @}
3863 @end example
3864
3865
3866 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3867 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3868 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3869 @cindex jrc
3870
3871 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3872 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3873 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3874 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3875 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3876
3877 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3878 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3879 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3880 be visible.
3881 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3882 ignores, such as:
3883
3884 @itemize
3885 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3886 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3887 TAPs receive new instructions.
3888 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3889 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3890 @end itemize
3891
3892 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3893 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3894 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3895 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3896
3897 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3898 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3899
3900 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3901 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3902 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3903 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3904 should define TAP event handlers using
3905 code that looks something like this:
3906
3907 @example
3908 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3909 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3910 @}
3911 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3912 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3913 @}
3914 @end example
3915
3916 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3917
3918 @example
3919 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3920 @end example
3921
3922 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3923 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3924 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3925 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3926
3927 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3928 If necessary, disables the tap
3929 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3930 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3931 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3932 and "0" if it is disabled.
3933 @end deffn
3934
3935 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3936 If necessary, enables the tap
3937 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3938 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3939 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3940 and "0" if it is disabled.
3941 @end deffn
3942
3943 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3944 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3945 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3946 and "0" if it is disabled.
3947
3948 @quotation Note
3949 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3950 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3951 @end quotation
3952 @end deffn
3953
3954 @anchor{autoprobing}
3955 @section Autoprobing
3956 @cindex autoprobe
3957 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3958
3959 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3960 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3961 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3962 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3963
3964 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3965 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3966 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3967 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3968 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3969 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3970 right when they come out of reset).
3971
3972 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3973
3974 @example
3975 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3976 reset_config trst_and_srst
3977 jtag_rclk 8
3978 @end example
3979
3980 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3981 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3982
3983 @enumerate
3984 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3985 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3986 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3987 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3988 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3989 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3990 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3991 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3992 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3993 that is discovered.
3994 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3995 register, it will report it.
3996 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3997 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3998 @end enumerate
3999
4000 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4001 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4002 that's a bit more complex:
4003
4004 @example
4005 clock speed 8 kHz
4006 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4007 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4008 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4009 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4010 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4011 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4012 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4013 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4014 @end example
4015
4016 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4017 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4018 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4019 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4020 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4021 and so forth.
4022
4023 @node CPU Configuration
4024 @chapter CPU Configuration
4025 @cindex GDB target
4026
4027 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4028 You can also access these targets without GDB
4029 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4030 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4031 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4032 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4033
4034 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4035 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4036
4037 @section Target List
4038 @cindex target, current
4039 @cindex target, list
4040
4041 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4042 where each member has a name.
4043 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4044 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4045 (plural!) command.
4046 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4047 look like with more than one:
4048 @verbatim
4049 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4050 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4051 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4052 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4053 @end verbatim
4054
4055 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4056 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4057 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4058 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4059 space seen by that current target.
4060 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4061 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4062 are examples; and there are many more.
4063
4064 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4065
4066 @deffn Command {target count}
4067 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4068 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4069 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4070
4071 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4072 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4073 @example
4074 set c [target count]
4075 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4076 # Assuming you have created this function
4077 print_target_details $x
4078 @}
4079 @end example
4080 @end deffn
4081
4082 @deffn Command {target current}
4083 Returns the name of the current target.
4084 @end deffn
4085
4086 @deffn Command {target names}
4087 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4088 @example
4089 foreach t [target names] @{
4090 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4091 @}
4092 @end example
4093 @end deffn
4094
4095 @deffn Command {target number} number
4096 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4097 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4098
4099 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4100 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4101 @example
4102 set thename [target number $x]
4103 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4104 @end example
4105 @end deffn
4106
4107 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4108 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4109
4110 @deffn Command targets [name]
4111 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4112 command names are singular.}
4113
4114 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4115 targets in a user friendly form.
4116
4117 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4118 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4119 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4120 @end deffn
4121
4122 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4123 @cindex target type
4124 @cindex CPU type
4125 @cindex CPU variant
4126
4127 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4128 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4129 when calling @command{target create}.
4130 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4131 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4132 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4133 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4134 what core-specific commands may be available
4135 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4136 and more.
4137
4138 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4139 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4140 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4141 worked around in some chip versions.
4142
4143 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4144 since there's a command to list them.
4145 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4146 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4147
4148 @anchor{targettypes}
4149 @deffn Command {target types}
4150 Lists all supported target types.
4151 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4152
4153 @itemize @bullet
4154 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4155 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4156 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4157 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4158 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4159 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4160 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4161 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4162 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4163 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4164 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4165 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4166 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4167 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4168 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4169 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4170 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4171 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4172 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4173 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4174 There are several variants defined:
4175 @itemize @minus
4176 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4177 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4178 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4179 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4180 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4181 @end itemize
4182 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4183 The current implementation supports two JTAG TAP cores:
4184 @itemize @minus
4185 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4186 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4187 @end itemize
4188 And two debug interfaces cores:
4189 @itemize @minus
4190 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4191 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4192 @end itemize
4193 @end itemize
4194 @end deffn
4195
4196 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4197 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4198 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4199 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4200 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4201 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4202 reflect design generations;
4203 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4204 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4205
4206 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4207 @section Target Configuration
4208
4209 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4210 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4211 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4212 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4213 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4214
4215 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4216 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4217 optional parts.
4218 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4219 command, created as part of target creation.
4220
4221 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4222 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4223 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4224 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4225 to be much more board-specific.
4226 The key steps you use might look something like this
4227
4228 @example
4229 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4230 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4231 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4232 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4233 @end example
4234
4235 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4236 on-chip SRAM.
4237 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4238 writes to target memory;
4239 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4240 GDB memory checksumming;
4241 and more.
4242
4243 @quotation Warning
4244 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4245 inaccessible when application code
4246 (such as an operating system)
4247 enables or disables the MMU.
4248 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4249 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4250 easy access to other addresses needed.
4251 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4252 @end quotation
4253
4254 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4255 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4256 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4257 controllers.
4258 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4259 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4260 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4261
4262 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4263 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4264 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4265 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4266 purposes including additional configuration.
4267
4268 @itemize @bullet
4269 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4270 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4271 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4272 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4273
4274 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4275 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4276 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4277 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4278 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4279 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4280 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4281 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4282
4283 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4284 @end itemize
4285 @end deffn
4286
4287 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4288 The options accepted by this command may also be
4289 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4290 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4291 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4292
4293 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4294 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4295 and changing its endianness or variant.
4296
4297 @itemize @bullet
4298
4299 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4300 used to access this target.
4301
4302 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4303 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4304
4305 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4306 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4307 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4308 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4309 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4310 same event name assigns only one handler.
4311
4312 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4313 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4314
4315 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4316 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4317 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4318 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4319 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4320 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4321 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4322
4323 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4324 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4325 or virtual address is being used.
4326
4327 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4328 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4329
4330 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4331 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4332 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4333 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4334 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4335
4336 @anchor{rtostype}
4337 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4338 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4339 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4340 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4341
4342 @end itemize
4343 @end deffn
4344
4345 @section Other $target_name Commands
4346 @cindex object command
4347
4348 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4349 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4350
4351 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4352 Once a button is created a button
4353 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4354 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4355 configure it like this:
4356
4357 @example
4358 # Create
4359 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4360 # Modify
4361 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4362 # Query
4363 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4364 # Report
4365 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4366 @end example
4367
4368 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4369 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4370
4371 @example
4372 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4373 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4374 @end example
4375
4376 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4377
4378 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4379 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4380 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4381 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4382 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4383 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4384 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4385 They are not otherwise documented here.
4386 @end deffn
4387
4388 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4389 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4390 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4391 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4392 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4393 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4394 the target side uses raw memory.
4395
4396 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4397 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4398 The script orientation comes from working with data
4399 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4400 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4401 and neither store nor return those values.
4402
4403 @itemize
4404 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4405 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4406 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4407 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4408 @end itemize
4409 @end deffn
4410
4411 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4412 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4413 @command{$target_name configure}
4414 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4415 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4416 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4417 There are a few special cases:
4418
4419 @itemize @bullet
4420 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4421 event named @var{event_name}.
4422 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4423 two parameters.
4424 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4425 This is a special case because this is set using
4426 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4427 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4428 @end itemize
4429
4430 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4431 all the targets you might use something like this:
4432
4433 @example
4434 foreach name [target names] @{
4435 set y [$name cget -endian]
4436 set z [$name cget -type]
4437 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4438 $x $name $y $z]
4439 @}
4440 @end example
4441 @end deffn
4442
4443 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4444 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4445 Displays the current target state:
4446 @code{debug-running},
4447 @code{halted},
4448 @code{reset},
4449 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4450 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4451 @end deffn
4452
4453 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4454 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4455 currently associated with this target.
4456 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4457 @end deffn
4458
4459 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4460 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4461 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4462 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4463 @end deffn
4464
4465 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4466 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4467 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4468 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4469 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4470 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4471 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4472 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4473 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4474 @end deffn
4475
4476 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4477 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4478 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4479 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4480 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4481 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4482 @end deffn
4483
4484 @anchor{targetevents}
4485 @section Target Events
4486 @cindex target events
4487 @cindex events
4488 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4489 For example:
4490 @itemize @bullet
4491 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4492 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4493 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4494 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4495 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4496 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4497 to set up system clocks or
4498 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4499 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4500 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4501 @end itemize
4502
4503 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4504 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4505 @command{target create ... -event}.
4506
4507 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4508 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4509 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4510
4511 @example
4512 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4513 echo "Reset..."
4514 reset halt
4515 @}
4516 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4517 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4518 echo "Reset..."
4519 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4520 reset init
4521 @}
4522 @end example
4523
4524 The following target events are defined:
4525
4526 @itemize @bullet
4527 @item @b{debug-halted}
4528 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4529 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4530 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4531 @item @b{early-halted}
4532 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4533 @item @b{examine-start}
4534 @* Before target examine is called.
4535 @item @b{examine-end}
4536 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4537 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4538 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4539 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4540 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4541 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4542 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4543 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4544 @* When GDB disconnects
4545 @item @b{gdb-end}
4546 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4547 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4548 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4549 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4550 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4551 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4552 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4553 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4554 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4555 @item @b{gdb-start}
4556 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4557 @item @b{halted}
4558 @* The target has halted
4559 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4560 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4561 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4562 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4563 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4564 @item @b{reset-assert}
4565 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4566 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4567 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4568 it instead of asserting SRST.
4569 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4570 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4571 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4572 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4573 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4574 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4575 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4576 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4577 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4578 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4579 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4580 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4581 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4582 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4583 released on the scan chain.
4584 @item @b{reset-end}
4585 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4586 @ignore
4587 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4588 @* Currently not used
4589 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4590 @* Currently not used
4591 @end ignore
4592 @item @b{reset-init}
4593 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4594 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4595
4596 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4597 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4598 multiplexing, and so on.
4599 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4600 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4601 @item @b{reset-start}
4602 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4603 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4604
4605 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4606 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4607 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4608 @ignore
4609 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4610 @* Currently not used
4611 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4612 @* Currently not used
4613 @end ignore
4614 @item @b{resume-start}
4615 @* Before any target is resumed
4616 @item @b{resume-end}
4617 @* After all targets have resumed
4618 @item @b{resumed}
4619 @* Target has resumed
4620 @end itemize
4621
4622 @node Flash Commands
4623 @chapter Flash Commands
4624
4625 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4626 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4627 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4628 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4629 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4630 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4631 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4632 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4633 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4634
4635 Flash Steps:
4636 @enumerate
4637 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4638 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4639 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4640 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4641 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4642 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4643 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4644 @item GDB Flashing
4645 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4646 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4647 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4648 @end enumerate
4649
4650 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4651 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4652 so that it can't boot.
4653 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4654 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4655
4656 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4657 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4658 @cindex flash configuration
4659
4660 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4661 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4662 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4663 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4664 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4665 see the driver-specific documentation.
4666
4667 @itemize @bullet
4668 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4669 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4670 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4671 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4672 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4673 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4674 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4675 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4676 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4677 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4678 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4679 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4680 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4681 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4682 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4683 commands to the flash controller.
4684 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4685 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4686 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4687 for more information.
4688 @end itemize
4689 @quotation Note
4690 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4691 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4692 @end quotation
4693 @end deffn
4694
4695 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4696 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4697 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4698 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4699 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4700 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4701 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4702 @end deffn
4703
4704 @deffn Command {flash list}
4705 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4706 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4707 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4708 @end deffn
4709
4710 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4711 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4712 depends on the flash type.
4713 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4714 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4715 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4716 but most don't bother.
4717 @end deffn
4718
4719 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4720 @cindex flash erasing
4721 @cindex flash reading
4722 @cindex flash writing
4723 @cindex flash programming
4724 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4725
4726 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4727 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4728 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4729 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4730 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4731
4732 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4733 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4734 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4735 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4736 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4737
4738 @quotation Note
4739 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4740 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4741 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4742 back to a flash bank.
4743 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4744 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4745 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4746 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4747 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4748 @end quotation
4749
4750 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4751 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4752 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4753 disabled first.
4754 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4755 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4756 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4757
4758 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4759 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4760 up to and including @var{last}.
4761 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4762 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4763 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4764 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4765 @end deffn
4766
4767 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4768 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4769 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4770 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4771 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4772 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4773 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4774 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4775 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4776 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4777 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4778 before erase starts.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4782 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4783 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4784 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4785 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4786 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4787 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4788 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4789 before issuing this command.
4790 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4791 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4792 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4793 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4794 @end deffn
4795 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4796
4797 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4798 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4799 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4800 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4801 @end deffn
4802
4803 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4804 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4805 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4806 to the base address for each section in the image.
4807 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4808 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4809 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4810 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4811 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4812 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4813 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4814 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4815 each image section.
4816
4817 @quotation Warning
4818 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4819 data you want to preserve.
4820 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4821 sections might be erased with no notice.
4822 @itemize
4823 @item
4824 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4825 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4826 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4827 @item
4828 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4829 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4830 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4831 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4832 @end itemize
4833 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4834 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4835 @end quotation
4836
4837 @end deffn
4838
4839 @section Other Flash commands
4840 @cindex flash protection
4841
4842 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4843 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4844 and display that status.
4845 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4846 @end deffn
4847
4848 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4849 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4850 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4851 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4852 and possibly stale information.
4853 @end deffn
4854
4855 @anchor{flashprotect}
4856 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4857 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4858 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4859 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4860 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4861 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4862 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4863 @end deffn
4864
4865 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4866 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4867 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4868 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4869 @end deffn
4870
4871 @anchor{program}
4872 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4873 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4874 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4875 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4876 @end deffn
4877
4878 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4879 @section Flash Driver List
4880 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4881 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4882 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4883
4884 @subsection External Flash
4885
4886 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4887 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4888 @cindex CFI
4889 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4890 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4891 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4892 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4893 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4894 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4895 configure a bus and its timings), or
4896 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4897 on the flash chip.
4898 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4899 speed up operation.
4900
4901 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4902
4903 @itemize
4904 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4905 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4906 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4907 @end itemize
4908
4909 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4910 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4911
4912 @example
4913 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4914 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4915 @end example
4916
4917 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4918 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4919 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4920
4921 @example
4922 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4923 @end example
4924
4925 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4926 @end deffn
4927
4928 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4929 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4930 @cindex SPIFI
4931 @cindex lpcspifi
4932 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4933 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4934 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4935
4936 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4937 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4938 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4939 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4940 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4941
4942 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4943 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4944 are configured by the driver.
4945
4946 @example
4947 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4948 @end example
4949
4950 @end deffn
4951
4952 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4953 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4954 @cindex SMI
4955 @cindex stmsmi
4956 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4957 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4958 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4959 SPI flash devices.
4960 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4961 flash devices can be connected.
4962
4963 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4964 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4965 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4966 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4967 the flash content.
4968
4969 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4970 to identify the memory bank.
4971 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4972 flash size, are detected automatically.
4973
4974 @example
4975 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4976 @end example
4977
4978 @end deffn
4979
4980 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4981
4982 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4983 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4984 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4985 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4986 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4987 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4988
4989 @example
4990 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4991 @end example
4992 @end deffn
4993
4994 @anchor{at91sam3}
4995 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4996 @cindex at91sam3
4997 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4998 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4999 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5000 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5001 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5002 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5003 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5004 chips are confirmed.}
5005
5006 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5007 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5008 the following fixed locations:
5009
5010 @example
5011 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5012 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5013 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5014 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5015 @end example
5016
5017 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5018 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5019 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5020
5021 @itemize
5022 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5023 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5024 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5025 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5026 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5027 @end itemize
5028
5029 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5030
5031 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5032 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5033 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5034 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5035 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5036 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5037 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5038
5039 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5040 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5041 @end deffn
5042
5043 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5044 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5045 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5046 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5047 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5048 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5049 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5050 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5051 @end deffn
5052
5053 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5054 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5055 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5056 @end deffn
5057 @end deffn
5058
5059 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5060 @cindex at91sam4
5061 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5062 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5063 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5064 @end deffn
5065
5066 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5067 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5068 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5069 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5070 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5071
5072 @example
5073 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5074 @end example
5075
5076 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5077 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5078
5079 @itemize
5080 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5081 @item @var{banks}
5082 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5083 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5084 @item @var{pages_size}
5085 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5086 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5087 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5088 @end itemize
5089
5090 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5091 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5092 will be autoconfigured.
5093 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5094
5095 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5096 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5097 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5098 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5099 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5100
5101 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5102 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5103 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5104 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5105 are not truly general purpose).
5106 @quotation Note
5107 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5108 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5109 @end quotation
5110 @end deffn
5111 @end deffn
5112
5113 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5114 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5115 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5116 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5117 @end deffn
5118
5119 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5120 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5121 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5122 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5123 autoconfigures itself.
5124 @example
5125 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5126 @end example
5127 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5128 supported.}
5129 @end deffn
5130
5131 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5132 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5133 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5134 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5135
5136 @quotation Note
5137 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5138 driver:
5139 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5140 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5141 @end quotation
5142
5143 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5144 which must appear in the following order:
5145
5146 @itemize
5147 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5148 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5149 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5150 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5151 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5152 LPC43x[2357])
5153 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5154 at which the core is running
5155 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5156 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5157 @quotation Note
5158 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5159 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5160 However, if you do provide it,
5161 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5162 @end quotation
5163 @end itemize
5164
5165 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5166
5167 @example
5168 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5169 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5170 @end example
5171
5172 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5173 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5174 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5175 @end deffn
5176 @end deffn
5177
5178 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5179 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5180 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5181 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5182 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5183 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5184
5185 @example
5186 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5187 @end example
5188 @end deffn
5189
5190 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5191 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5192 from NXP.
5193
5194 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5195 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5196 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5197 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5198 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5199 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5200 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5201 you start the PLL.
5202
5203 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5204
5205 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5206 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5207 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5208
5209 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5210 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5211 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5212 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5213 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5214 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5215 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5216
5217 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5218 @example
5219 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5220 @end example
5221
5222 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5223 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5224 @code{flash banks} command.
5225
5226 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5227 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5228 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5229 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5230 a known signature.
5231 Example:
5232 @example
5233 lpc2900 signature 0
5234 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5235 @end example
5236 @end deffn
5237
5238 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5239 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5240 saves it to a file in binary format.
5241 Example:
5242 @example
5243 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5244 @end example
5245 @end deffn
5246
5247 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5248 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5249 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5250 command:
5251
5252 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5253 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5254 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5255 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5256
5257 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5258 Example:
5259 @example
5260 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5261 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5262 @end example
5263 @end deffn
5264
5265 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5266 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5267 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5268 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5269 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5270 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5271 912 bytes.
5272 @quotation Attention
5273 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5274 @end quotation
5275 Example:
5276 @example
5277 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5278 @end example
5279 @end deffn
5280
5281 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5282 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5283 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5284 after the next power cycle.
5285 @quotation Attention
5286 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5287 @end quotation
5288 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5289 Example:
5290 @example
5291 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5292 flash info 0
5293 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5294 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5295 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5296 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5297 @end example
5298 @end deffn
5299
5300 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5301 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5302 effective after the next power cycle.
5303 @quotation Attention
5304 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5305 @end quotation
5306 Examples:
5307 @example
5308 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5309 @end example
5310 @end deffn
5311 @end deffn
5312
5313 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5314 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5315
5316 @example
5317 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5318 @end example
5319 @end deffn
5320
5321 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5322 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5323 and integrate flash memory.
5324
5325 @example
5326 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5327 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5328 @end example
5329
5330 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5331 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5332 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5333 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5334 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5335 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5336 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5337 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5338 @end deffn
5339 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5340 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5341 This will remove any Code Protection.
5342 @end deffn
5343 @end deffn
5344
5345 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5346 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5347 Texas Instruments
5348 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5349 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5350 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5351 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5352 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5353 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5354
5355 @example
5356 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5357 @end example
5358
5359 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5360 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5361 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5362 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5363 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5364 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5365
5366 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5367 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5368 @quotation Warning
5369 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5370 applied to all of them.
5371 @end quotation
5372 @end deffn
5373 @end deffn
5374
5375 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5376 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5377 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5378 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5379 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5380
5381 @example
5382 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5383 @end example
5384
5385 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5386 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5387 the flash driver.
5388
5389 @example
5390 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5391 @end example
5392
5393 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5394 as per the following example.
5395 @example
5396 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5397 @end example
5398
5399 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5400 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5401 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5402 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5403 are defined:
5404
5405 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5406 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5407 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5411 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5412 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5413 @end deffn
5414
5415 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5416 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5417 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5418 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5419 @end deffn
5420
5421 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5422 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5423 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5424 @end deffn
5425 @end deffn
5426
5427 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5428 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5429 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5430 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5431 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5432
5433 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5434 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5435 the flash driver.
5436
5437 @example
5438 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5439 @end example
5440
5441 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5442
5443 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5444 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5445 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5446 @end deffn
5447
5448 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5449 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5450 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5451 @end deffn
5452 @end deffn
5453
5454 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5455 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5456 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5457 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5458 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5459
5460 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5461 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5462 the flash driver.
5463
5464 @example
5465 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5466 @end example
5467 @end deffn
5468
5469 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5470 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5471 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5472 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5473 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5474
5475 @example
5476 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5477 @end example
5478
5479 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5480 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5481 for the specified flash bank.
5482 @end deffn
5483 @end deffn
5484
5485 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5486 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5487 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5488 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5489 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5490
5491 @example
5492 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5493 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5494 @end example
5495
5496 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5497 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5498 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5499
5500 @itemize @bullet
5501 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5502 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5503 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5504 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5505 @end itemize
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @end deffn
5509
5510 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5511 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5512 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5513 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5514
5515 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5516
5517 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5518 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5519 @end deffn
5520
5521 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5522 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5523 @end deffn
5524
5525 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5526 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5527 the flash clock.
5528 @end deffn
5529 @end deffn
5530
5531 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5532 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5533 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5534
5535 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5536
5537 @itemize
5538 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5539 @end itemize
5540
5541 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5542 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5543 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5544 @example
5545 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5546 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5547 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5548 @end example
5549 @end deffn
5550
5551 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5552 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5553 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5554 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5555 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5556 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5557 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5558
5559 @example
5560 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5561 @end example
5562 @end deffn
5563
5564 @subsection str9xpec driver
5565 @cindex str9xpec
5566
5567 Here is some background info to help
5568 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5569 the str9:
5570 @enumerate
5571 @item
5572 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5573 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5574 @item
5575 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5576 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5577 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5578 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5579 @end enumerate
5580
5581 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5582 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5583 configured for flash bank 0.
5584 @example
5585 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5586 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5587 jtag_reset 0 1
5588 # turn off target polling
5589 poll off
5590 # disable str9 core
5591 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5592 # read option bytes
5593 str9xpec options_read 0
5594 # re-enable str9 core
5595 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5596 poll on
5597 reset halt
5598 @end example
5599 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5600 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5601 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5602 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5603
5604 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5605 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5606 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5607 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5608 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5609
5610 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5611
5612 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5613 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5614 @end deffn
5615
5616 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5617 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5618 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5619 @end deffn
5620
5621 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5622 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5623 erase the device.
5624 @end deffn
5625
5626 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5627 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5628 @end deffn
5629
5630 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5631 Configure str9 boot bank.
5632 @end deffn
5633
5634 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5635 Configure str9 lvd source.
5636 @end deffn
5637
5638 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5639 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5640 @end deffn
5641
5642 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5643 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5644 @end deffn
5645
5646 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5647 Read str9 option bytes.
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5651 Write str9 option bytes.
5652 @end deffn
5653
5654 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5655 unlock str9 device.
5656 @end deffn
5657
5658 @end deffn
5659
5660
5661 @section mFlash
5662
5663 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5664 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5665
5666 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5667 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5668 address @var{base}.
5669 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5670 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5671
5672 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5673
5674 @example
5675 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5676 @end example
5677
5678 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5679
5680 @example
5681 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5682 @end example
5683 @end deffn
5684
5685 @subsection mFlash commands
5686 @cindex mFlash commands
5687
5688 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5689 Configure mflash PLL.
5690 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5691 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5692 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5693 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5694 @end deffn
5695
5696 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5697 Configure bootable option.
5698 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5699 (4kB) for boot.
5700 @end deffn
5701
5702 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5703 Configure storage information.
5704 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5705 written.
5706 @end deffn
5707
5708 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5709 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5710 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5711 @end deffn
5712
5713 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5714 Probe mflash.
5715 @end deffn
5716
5717 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5718 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5719 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5720 @end deffn
5721
5722 @node Flash Programming
5723 @chapter Flash Programming
5724
5725 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5726 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5727 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5728
5729 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5730 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5731
5732 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5733 @enumerate
5734 @item 'init' is executed.
5735 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5736 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5737 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5738 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5739 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5740 @end enumerate
5741
5742 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5743
5744 @example
5745 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5746 # are optional parameters
5747 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5748 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5749
5750 # binary files need the flash address passing
5751 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5752 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5753 @end example
5754
5755 @node NAND Flash Commands
5756 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5757 @cindex NAND
5758
5759 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5760 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5761 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5762
5763 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5764 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5765 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5766 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5767 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5768 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5769
5770 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5771 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5772 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5773 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5774 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5775 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5776 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5777 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5778 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5779 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5780
5781 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5782 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5783 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5784 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5785 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5786 every 512 bytes of data.
5787
5788 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5789 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5790 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5791 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5792 ECC mode is used.
5793
5794 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5795 @enumerate
5796 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5797 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5798 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5799 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5800 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5801 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5802 to access that device.
5803 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5804 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5805 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5806 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5807 de-brick a board.
5808 @end enumerate
5809
5810 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5811 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5812 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5813 are only 32 bits wide.
5814 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5815 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5816 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5817 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5818
5819 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5820 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5821 @cindex NAND configuration
5822
5823 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5824 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5825 OpenOCD has initialized.
5826
5827 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5828 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5829 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5830 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5831 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5832 they were a single (larger) device.
5833 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5834 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5835
5836 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5837 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5838 configuration files, not interactively.
5839
5840 @itemize @bullet
5841 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5842 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5843 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5844 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5845 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5846 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5847 commands to the NAND controller.
5848 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5849 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5850 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5851 for more information.
5852 @end itemize
5853 @end deffn
5854
5855 @deffn Command {nand list}
5856 Prints a summary of each device declared
5857 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5858 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5859 @example
5860 > nand list
5861 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5862 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5863 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5864 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5865 >
5866 @end example
5867 @end deffn
5868
5869 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5870 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5871 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5872 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5873 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5874 it with most other NAND commands.
5875 @end deffn
5876
5877 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5878
5879 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5880 @cindex NAND reading
5881 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5882 starting at the specified offset.
5883 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5884
5885 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5886 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5887
5888 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5889 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5890 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5891
5892 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5893 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5894 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5895 method which handled that error correction.
5896
5897 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5898 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5899 @itemize @bullet
5900 @item no oob_* parameter
5901 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5902 @item @code{oob_raw}
5903 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5904 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5905 spare areas associated with each data page.
5906 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5907 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5908 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5909 @item @code{oob_only}
5910 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5911 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5912 spare areas associated with each data page.
5913 @end itemize
5914 @end deffn
5915
5916 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5917 @cindex NAND erasing
5918 @cindex NAND programming
5919 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5920 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5921 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5922 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5923 If those parameters are not specified,
5924 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5925 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5926
5927 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5928 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5929 block marker.
5930 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5931 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5932 @end deffn
5933
5934 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5935 @cindex NAND writing
5936 @cindex NAND programming
5937 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5938 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5939 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5940 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5941
5942 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5943 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5944
5945 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5946 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5947 past the end of the device.
5948 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5949 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5950 if that's being written.)
5951
5952 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5953 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5954 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5955
5956 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5957 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5958 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5959 @itemize @bullet
5960 @item no oob_* parameter
5961 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5962 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5963 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5964 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5965 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5966 @item @code{oob_only}
5967 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5968 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5969 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5970 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5971 @item @code{oob_raw}
5972 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5973 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5974 un-altered OOB.
5975 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5976 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5977 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5978 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5979 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5980 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5981 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5982 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5983 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5984 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5985 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5986 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5987 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5988 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5989 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5990 @end itemize
5991 @end deffn
5992
5993 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5994 @cindex NAND verification
5995 @cindex NAND programming
5996 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5997 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5998 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5999
6000 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6001 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6002
6003 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6004 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6005 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6006 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6007 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6008
6009 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6010 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6011 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6012
6013 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6014 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6015 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6016 be removed in a future release.
6017 @end deffn
6018
6019 @section Other NAND commands
6020 @cindex NAND other commands
6021
6022 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6023 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6024 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6025 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6026 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6027 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6028 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6029 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6030
6031 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6032 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6033 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6034 @end deffn
6035
6036 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6037 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6038 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6039 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6040 status for each block.
6041 @end deffn
6042
6043 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6044 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6045 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6046
6047 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6048 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6049 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6050 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6051 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6052
6053 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6054 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6055 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6056 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6057 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6058 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6059 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6060 @end deffn
6061
6062 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6063 @section NAND Driver List
6064 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6065 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6066 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6067
6068 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6069 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6070 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6071 address of the ECC controller.
6072 @example
6073 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6074 @end example
6075 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6076 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6077 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6078 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6079 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6080 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6081 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6082 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6083 @end deffn
6084 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6085 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6086 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6087 @end deffn
6088
6089 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6090 properly configured for input or output.
6091 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6092 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6093 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6094 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6095 @end deffn
6096 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6097 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6098 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6099 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6100 @end deffn
6101 @end deffn
6102
6103 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6104 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6105 chips from Texas Instruments.
6106 It takes three extra parameters:
6107 address of the NAND chip;
6108 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6109 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6110 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6111 @example
6112 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6113 @end example
6114 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6115 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6116 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6117 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6118 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6119 @end deffn
6120
6121 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6122 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6123 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6124 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6125 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6126 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6127 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6128 @end deffn
6129
6130 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6131 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6132 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6133 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6134 @end deffn
6135 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6136
6137 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6138 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6139 should work for this chip aswell.
6140 @end deffn
6141
6142 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6143 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6144 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6145 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6146 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6147 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6148 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6149 @example
6150 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6151 @end example
6152 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6153 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6154 without parameter query status.
6155 @end deffn
6156 @end deffn
6157
6158 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6159 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6160 parameter: the address of the controller.
6161 @example
6162 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6163 @end example
6164 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6165 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6166 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6167 change any behavior.
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6171 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6172 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6173 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6174 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6175 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6176 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6177 specialized commands.
6178 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6179 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6180 change any behavior.
6181 @end deffn
6182
6183 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6184 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6185 @cindex PLD
6186 @cindex FPGA
6187
6188 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6189 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6190 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6191 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6192 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6193 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6194 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6195
6196 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6197
6198 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6199 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6200 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6201
6202 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6203 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6204
6205 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6206 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6207 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6208 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6209 behavior.
6210 @end deffn
6211
6212 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6213 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6214 @end deffn
6215
6216 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6217 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6218 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6219 @end deffn
6220
6221 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6222
6223 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6224 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6225 that particular type of PLD.
6226
6227 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6228 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6229 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6230 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6231 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6232
6233 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6234 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6235 for FPGA @var{num}.
6236 @end deffn
6237 @end deffn
6238
6239 @node General Commands
6240 @chapter General Commands
6241 @cindex commands
6242
6243 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6244 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6245 commands are documented elsewhere.
6246
6247 Intent:
6248 @itemize @bullet
6249 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6250 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6251 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6252 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6253
6254 @item @b{From the human}
6255 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6256 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6257
6258 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6259 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6260 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6261
6262 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6263 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6264 port is 5555.
6265 @end itemize
6266
6267
6268 @section Daemon Commands
6269
6270 @deffn {Command} exit
6271 Exits the current telnet session.
6272 @end deffn
6273
6274 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6275 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6276 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6277 Not every command provides helptext.
6278
6279 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6280 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6281 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6282 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6286 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6287 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6288 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6289 Useful in connection with script files
6290 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6291 @end deffn
6292
6293 @deffn Command shutdown
6294 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6295 @end deffn
6296
6297 @anchor{debuglevel}
6298 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6299 @cindex message level
6300 Display debug level.
6301 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6302 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6303 Level 0 is error messages only;
6304 level 1 adds warnings;
6305 level 2 adds informational messages;
6306 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6307 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6308 the command line along with the location of that log
6309 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6310 @xref{Running}.
6311 @end deffn
6312
6313 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6314 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6315 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6316 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6317 @example
6318 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6319 @end example
6320 @end deffn
6321
6322 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6323 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6324 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6325 @end deffn
6326
6327 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6328 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6329 @end deffn
6330
6331 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6332 @section Target State handling
6333 @cindex reset
6334 @cindex halt
6335 @cindex target initialization
6336
6337 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6338 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6339 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6340 a current target which is used to perform the
6341 various operations. The current target may be changed
6342 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6343 target which should become current.
6344
6345 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6346 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6347 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6348 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6349 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6350
6351 @emph{With no arguments}:
6352 list all available registers for the current target,
6353 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6354 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6355 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6356 are flagged as such.
6357
6358 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6359
6360 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6361 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6362 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6363 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6364 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6365 relevant module will flush such values.
6366
6367 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6368 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6369
6370 @example
6371 > reg
6372 ===== ARM registers
6373 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6374 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6375 (2) r2 (/32)
6376 ...
6377 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6378 >
6379 @end example
6380 @end deffn
6381
6382 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6383 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6384 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6385 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6386 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6387 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6388 (and enter debug mode).
6389 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6390
6391 @quotation Warning
6392 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6393 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6394 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6395 power mode by gating the core clock;
6396 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6397
6398 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6399 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6400 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6401 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6402 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6403 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6404
6405 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6406 work with a JTAG debugger.
6407 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6408 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6409 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6410 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6411 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6412 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6413 @end quotation
6414
6415 @end deffn
6416
6417 @deffn Command resume [address]
6418 Resume the target at its current code position,
6419 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6420 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6421 @end deffn
6422
6423 @deffn Command step [address]
6424 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6425 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6426 @end deffn
6427
6428 @anchor{resetcommand}
6429 @deffn Command reset
6430 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6431 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6432 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6433 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6434 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6435 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6436
6437 The optional parameter specifies what should
6438 happen after the reset.
6439 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6440 The other options will not work on all systems.
6441 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6442
6443 @itemize @minus
6444 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6445 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6446 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6447 @end itemize
6448 @end deffn
6449
6450 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6451 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6452 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6453 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6454 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6455 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6456 state.
6457 @end deffn
6458
6459 @section I/O Utilities
6460
6461 These commands are available when
6462 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6463 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6464 notably the ZY1000.
6465 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6466
6467 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6468
6469 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6470 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6471 the text file @file{filename}.
6472 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6473 The last string is followed by a newline.
6474 @end deffn
6475
6476 @deffn Command cat filename
6477 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6478 @end deffn
6479
6480 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6481 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6482 into @file{dest_filename}.
6483 @end deffn
6484
6485 @deffn Command ip
6486 @emph{No description provided.}
6487 @end deffn
6488
6489 @deffn Command ls
6490 @emph{No description provided.}
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @deffn Command mac
6494 @emph{No description provided.}
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command meminfo
6498 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6499 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @deffn Command peek
6503 @emph{No description provided.}
6504 @end deffn
6505
6506 @deffn Command poke
6507 @emph{No description provided.}
6508 @end deffn
6509
6510 @deffn Command rm filename
6511 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6512 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6513 @end deffn
6514
6515 @deffn Command trunc filename
6516 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6517 @end deffn
6518
6519 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6520 @section Memory access commands
6521 @cindex memory access
6522
6523 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6524 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6525 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6526 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6527
6528 @enumerate
6529 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6530 to change the current target.
6531 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6532 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6533 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6534 @end enumerate
6535
6536 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6537 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6538 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6539 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6540 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6541 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6542 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6543 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6544 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6545 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6546 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6547 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6548 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6549 @end deffn
6550
6551 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6552 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6553 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6554 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6555 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6556 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6557 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6558 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6559 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6560 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6561 @end deffn
6562
6563 @anchor{imageaccess}
6564 @section Image loading commands
6565 @cindex image loading
6566 @cindex image dumping
6567
6568 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6569 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6570 binary file named @var{filename}.
6571 @end deffn
6572
6573 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6574 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6575 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6576 @end deffn
6577
6578 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6579 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6580 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6581 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6582 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6583 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6584 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6585 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6586 separately.
6587 @end deffn
6588
6589 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6590 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6591 The file format may optionally be specified
6592 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6593 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6594 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6595 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6596 @example
6597 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6598 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6599 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6600 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6601 @}
6602 @end example
6603 @end deffn
6604
6605 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6606 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6607 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6608 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6609 The file format may optionally be specified
6610 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6611 @end deffn
6612
6613 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6614 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6615 The file format may optionally be specified
6616 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6617 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6618 @end deffn
6619
6620
6621 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6622 @cindex breakpoint
6623 @cindex watchpoint
6624
6625 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6626 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6627 watchpoints.
6628 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6629
6630 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6631 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6632 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6633 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6634 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6635 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6636
6637 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6638 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6639 @end deffn
6640
6641 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6642 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6643 @end deffn
6644
6645 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6646 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6647 @end deffn
6648
6649 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6650 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6651 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6652 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6653 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6654 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6655 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6656 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6657 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6658 @end deffn
6659
6660 @section Misc Commands
6661
6662 @cindex profiling
6663 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6664 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6665 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6666 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6667 @end deffn
6668
6669 @deffn Command {version}
6670 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6671 @end deffn
6672
6673 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6674 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6675 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6676 @end deffn
6677
6678 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6679 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6680 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6681 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6682
6683 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6684 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6685 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6686 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6687
6688 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6689 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6690 @cindex tracing
6691 @cindex ETM
6692 @cindex ETB
6693
6694 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6695 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6696 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6697
6698 @itemize
6699 @item
6700 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6701 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6702 supports such an interface.
6703 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6704 and trace port support.)
6705 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6706 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6707 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6708 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6709 in the board-specific configuration file.
6710 @item
6711 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6712 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6713 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6714 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6715 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6716 @end itemize
6717
6718 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6719
6720 @quotation Issues
6721 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6722 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6723
6724 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6725 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6726 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6727 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6728 dummy trace port driver}.
6729
6730 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6731 as well as tracing only during specific states
6732 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6733
6734 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6735 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6736 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6737 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6738 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6739
6740 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6741 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6742 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6743 this original style of JTAG access.
6744 @end quotation
6745
6746 @subsection ETM Configuration
6747 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6748
6749 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6750 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6751 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6752
6753 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6754 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6755 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6756 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6757 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6758 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6759 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6760 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6761 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6762
6763 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6764 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6765 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6766
6767 @quotation Warning
6768 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6769 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6770 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6771 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6772 @end quotation
6773
6774 @quotation Note
6775 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6776 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6777 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6778 what CPU activities are traced.
6779 @end quotation
6780 @end deffn
6781
6782 @deffn Command {etm info}
6783 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6784 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6785 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6786 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6787 @end deffn
6788
6789 @deffn Command {etm status}
6790 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6791 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6792 Did trace data overflow?
6793 Was it triggered?
6794 @end deffn
6795
6796 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6797 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6798 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6799 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6800 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6801
6802 @itemize
6803 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6804 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6805 The value is one of
6806 @option{none} (save nothing),
6807 @option{data} (save data),
6808 @option{address} (save addresses),
6809 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6810 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6811 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6812 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6813 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6814 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6815 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6816 trace stream without an image of the code.
6817 @end itemize
6818 @end deffn
6819
6820 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6821 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6822 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6823 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6824 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6825
6826 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6827 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6828 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6829 @end deffn
6830
6831 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6832
6833 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6834 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6835 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6836
6837 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6838 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6839 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6840 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6841 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6842 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6843 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6844
6845 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6846
6847 @itemize
6848 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6849 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6850 for instruction access within that function's body.
6851 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6852 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6853 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6854 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6855 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6856 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6857 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6858 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6859 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6860 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6861 @item @emph{... more}
6862 @end itemize
6863
6864 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6865 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6866
6867 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6868 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6869 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6870 @end deffn
6871
6872 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6873 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6874 @end deffn
6875
6876 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6877 Opens an image file.
6878 @end deffn
6879
6880 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6881 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6882 @end deffn
6883
6884 @deffn Command {etm start}
6885 Starts trace data collection.
6886 @end deffn
6887
6888 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6889 Stops trace data collection.
6890 @end deffn
6891
6892 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6893 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6894
6895 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6896
6897 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6898 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6899 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6900 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6901 any trace data collection.}
6902 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6903 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6904 @end deffn
6905 @end deffn
6906
6907 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6908 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6909 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6910 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6911 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6912 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6913 @end deffn
6914 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6915 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6916 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6917 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6918 trace trigger becomes active.
6919
6920 @itemize
6921 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6922 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6923 afterwards.
6924 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6925 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6926 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6927 what caused that event to happen.
6928 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6929 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6930 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6931 how the event caused trouble.
6932 @end itemize
6933 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6934 @end deffn
6935
6936 @end deffn
6937
6938 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6939 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6940 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6941 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6942 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6943
6944 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6945 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6946
6947 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6948 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6949 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6950 @end deffn
6951
6952 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6953 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6954 @end deffn
6955
6956 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6957 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6958 @end deffn
6959 @end deffn
6960
6961
6962 @section Generic ARM
6963 @cindex ARM
6964
6965 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6966 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6967 commands that may be available.
6968
6969 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6970 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6971 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6972 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6973 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6974 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6975 @end deffn
6976
6977 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6978 @cindex disassemble
6979 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6980 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6981 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6982 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6983 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6984 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6985 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6986
6987 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6988 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6989 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6990 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6991 with a handful of exceptions.
6992 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6993 @end deffn
6994
6995 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6996 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6997 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6998 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6999 and using the MCR instruction.
7000 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7001 an ARM register.)
7002 @end deffn
7003
7004 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7005 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7006 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7007 and the MRC instruction.
7008 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7009 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7010 an ARM register.)
7011 @end deffn
7012
7013 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7014 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7015 core mode if necessary.
7016 @end deffn
7017
7018 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7019 @cindex ARM semihosting
7020 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7021
7022 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7023 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7024 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7025 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7026 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7027 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7028 @end deffn
7029
7030 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7031 @cindex ARMv4
7032 @cindex ARMv5
7033
7034 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7035 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7036 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7037 variant.
7038
7039 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7040 @cindex ARM7
7041 @cindex ARM9
7042
7043 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7044 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7045 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7046 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7047
7048 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7049 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7050 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7051 instead of breakpoints.
7052 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7053
7054 This should be
7055 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7056 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7057 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7058 @end deffn
7059
7060 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7061 @cindex DCC
7062 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7063 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7064 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7065
7066 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7067 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7068 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7069 @end deffn
7070
7071 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7072 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7073 that don't check completion of the operation.
7074 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7075
7076 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7077 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7078 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7079 @end deffn
7080
7081 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7082 @cindex ARM720T
7083
7084 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7085 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7086 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7087 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7088
7089 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7090 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7091 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7092
7093 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7094 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7095 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7096 @end deffn
7097
7098 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7099 @cindex ARM9
7100
7101 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7102 integer processors.
7103 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7104
7105 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7106 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7107 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7108 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7109
7110 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7111 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7112 @cindex vector_catch
7113 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7114 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7115 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7116 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7117 to those hardware vectors.
7118
7119 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7120 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7121 vector catch hardware to intercept
7122 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7123 @option{none} of them,
7124 or a list with one or more of the following:
7125 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7126 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7127 @end deffn
7128
7129 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7130 @cindex ARM920T
7131
7132 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7133 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7134 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7135 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7136 and ARM9 commands.
7137
7138 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7139 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7140 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7141 @end deffn
7142
7143 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7144 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7145 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7146 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7147 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7148 (Not all registers can be written.)
7149 @end deffn
7150
7151 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7152 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7153 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7154
7155 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7156 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7157 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7158 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7159 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7160 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7161 @end deffn
7162
7163 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7164 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7165 @end deffn
7166
7167 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7168 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7169 @end deffn
7170
7171 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7172 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7173
7174 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7175 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7176 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7177 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7178 and ARM9 commands.
7179
7180 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7181 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7182
7183 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7184 Print information about the caches found.
7185 @end deffn
7186
7187 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7188 @cindex ARM966E
7189
7190 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7191 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7192 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7193 and ARM9 commands.
7194
7195 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7196 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7197 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7198 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7199 ARM966E-S TRM.
7200 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7201 as required for BIST support.
7202 @end deffn
7203
7204 @subsection XScale specific commands
7205 @cindex XScale
7206
7207 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7208
7209 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7210 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7211 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7212 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7213 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7214 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7215 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7216
7217 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7218 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7219 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7220 the mini-IC.
7221
7222 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7223 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7224 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7225 code layout in memory:
7226 @example
7227 _vectors:
7228 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7229 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7230 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7231 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7232 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7233 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7234 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7235 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7236 .org 0x100
7237 .long real_reset_vector
7238 .long real_ui_handler
7239 .long real_swi_handler
7240 .long real_pf_abort
7241 .long real_data_abort
7242 .long 0 /* unused */
7243 .long real_irq_handler
7244 .long real_fiq_handler
7245 @end example
7246
7247 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7248 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7249 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7250 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7251 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7252 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7253 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7254 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7255 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7256 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7257 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7258 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7259 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7260 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7261 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7262 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7263 software.
7264
7265 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7266 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7267 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7268 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7269
7270 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7271 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7272 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7273 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7274 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7275 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7276 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7277 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7278 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7279
7280 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7281 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7282
7283 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7284 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7285 @end deffn
7286
7287 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7288 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7289 @end deffn
7290
7291 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7292 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7293 @end deffn
7294
7295 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7296 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7297 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7298 @end deffn
7299
7300 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7301 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7302 @end deffn
7303
7304 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7305 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7306 @end deffn
7307
7308 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7309 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7310 @end deffn
7311
7312 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7313 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7314 @end deffn
7315
7316 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7317 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7318 @end deffn
7319
7320 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7321 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7322 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7323 and modifying how it is emptied.
7324 @end deffn
7325
7326 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7327 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7328 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7329 The image @var{type} may be one of
7330 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7331 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7332 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7333 @end deffn
7334
7335 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7336 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7337 @cindex vector_catch
7338 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7339 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7340
7341 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7342 @example
7343 0x01 Trap Reset
7344 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7345 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7346 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7347 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7348 0x20 reserved
7349 0x40 Trap IRQ
7350 0x80 Trap FIQ
7351 @end example
7352 @end deffn
7353
7354 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7355 @cindex vector_table
7356
7357 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7358 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7359 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7360 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7361 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7362
7363 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7364
7365 @end deffn
7366
7367 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7368 @cindex ARMv6
7369
7370 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7371 @cindex ARM11
7372
7373 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7374 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7375 which is enabled by default.
7376 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7377 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7378 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7379 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7380 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7381 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7382 @end deffn
7383
7384 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7385 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7386 which is enabled by default.
7387 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7388 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7389 @end deffn
7390
7391 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7392 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7393 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7394 they are disabled by default.
7395 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7396 @end deffn
7397
7398 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7399 @cindex vector_catch
7400 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7401 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7402 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7403
7404 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7405 for certain hardware events.
7406 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7407 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7408 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7409 @end deffn
7410
7411 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7412 @cindex ARMv7
7413
7414 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7415 @cindex Debug Access Port
7416 @cindex DAP
7417 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7418 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7419 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7420
7421 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7422 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7423 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7424 @end deffn
7425
7426 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7427 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7428 @end deffn
7429
7430 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7431 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7432 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7433 @end deffn
7434
7435 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7436 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7437 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7438 @end deffn
7439
7440 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7441 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7442 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7443 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7444 @end deffn
7445
7446 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7447 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7448 Defaulting to 0.
7449 @end deffn
7450
7451 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7452 @cindex Cortex-M
7453
7454 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7455 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7456
7457 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7458 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7459 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7460 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7461 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7462 the step command leaves with the core running.
7463
7464 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7465 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7466 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7467
7468 Default is @option{auto}.
7469 @end deffn
7470
7471 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7472 @cindex vector_catch
7473 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7474 for certain hardware events.
7475
7476 Parameters request interception of
7477 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7478 @option{none} of them,
7479 or one or more of the following:
7480 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7481 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7482 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7483 @option{irq_err},
7484 @option{state_err},
7485 @option{chk_err}, or
7486 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7487 @option{reset}.
7488 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7489 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7490 are mapped to HardFault.
7491 UsageFault checks for
7492 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7493 must also be explicitly enabled.
7494
7495 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7496 @end deffn
7497
7498 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7499 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7500 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7501 @itemize @minus
7502 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7503 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7504 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7505 @end itemize
7506 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7507 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7508 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7509 the peripherals.
7510 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7511 @end deffn
7512
7513 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7514
7515 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7516 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7517
7518 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7519 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor})
7520 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7521 @end deffn
7522 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7523 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7524
7525 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7526
7527 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7528 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7529 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7530 @end deffn
7531
7532 @subsection Registers commands
7533 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7534 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7535 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7536
7537 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7538
7539 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7540 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7541 and "timer" groups.
7542
7543 @emph{example:}
7544 @example
7545 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7546 @end example
7547
7548
7549 @end deffn
7550 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7551 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7552
7553 @emph{group} can be "system",
7554 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7555 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7556 @end deffn
7557
7558 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7559 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7560 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7561 @cindex tracing
7562 @cindex libdcc
7563 @cindex DCC
7564 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7565 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7566 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7567 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7568
7569 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7570 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7571 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7572 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7573 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7574 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7575
7576 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7577 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7578 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7579 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7580 The target being debugged may
7581 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7582 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7583 each supported by a command:
7584
7585 @itemize
7586 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7587 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7588 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7589 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7590
7591 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7592 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7593 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7594
7595 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7596 and then displayed at any time.
7597 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7598
7599 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7600 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7601 @end itemize
7602
7603 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7604 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7605 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7606 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7607 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7608 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7609 does the same thing.
7610
7611 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7612 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7613 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7614 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7615 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7616
7617 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7618 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7619 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7620 @end deffn
7621
7622 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7623 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7624 in the order they triggered.
7625 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7626 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7627 history records.
7628 @end deffn
7629
7630 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7631 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7632 they have been triggered.
7633 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7634 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7635 and associates it with that identifier.
7636
7637 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7638 are not related except by this command.
7639 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7640 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7641 @end deffn
7642
7643
7644 @node JTAG Commands
7645 @chapter JTAG Commands
7646 @cindex JTAG Commands
7647 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7648 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7649 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7650 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7651 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7652
7653 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7654 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7655
7656 @itemize @bullet
7657 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7658 devices such as a CPUs.
7659 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7660 standard state machine (in parallel)
7661 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7662 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7663 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7664 while the reading previous ones.
7665 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7666 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7667 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7668 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7669 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7670 registers.
7671 @end itemize
7672
7673 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7674
7675 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7676 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7677 the order of TAP state transitions.
7678 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7679 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7680 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7681 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7682 these commands are not available.
7683
7684 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7685 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7686 that specify the entire register.
7687 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7688 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7689 The return value holds the original value of each
7690 of those fields.
7691
7692 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7693 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7694 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7695 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7696 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7697
7698 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7699 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7700
7701 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7702 in that state.
7703 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7704 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7705 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7706
7707 @quotation Warning
7708 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7709 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7710 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7711 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7712 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7713 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7714 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7715 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7716 @end quotation
7717 @end deffn
7718
7719 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7720 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7721 This may be used for performance tuning.
7722
7723 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7724 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7725 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7726 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7727 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7728 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7729 @end deffn
7730
7731 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7732 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7733 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7734 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7735 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7736 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7737
7738 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7739 in that state.
7740 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7741 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7742 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7743
7744 @quotation Note
7745 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7746 register values, unlike data register values.
7747 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7748 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7749 @end quotation
7750 @end deffn
7751
7752 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7753 Set values of reset signals.
7754 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7755 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7756 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7757 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7758 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7759 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7760 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7761
7762 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7763 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7764 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7765 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7766 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7767 instead of the TRST signal.
7768 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7769 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7770 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7771 with handlers for that event.
7772 @end deffn
7773
7774 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7775 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7776 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7777 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7778 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7779 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7780 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7781 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7782 The final state must also be stable.
7783 @end deffn
7784
7785 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7786 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7787 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7788 Instructions often need some time
7789 to execute before they take effect.
7790 @end deffn
7791
7792 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7793 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7794
7795 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7796 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7797 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7798 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7799 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7800 @end deffn
7801
7802 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7803 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7804 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7805 must also be enabled.
7806 Default is enabled.
7807 @end deffn
7808
7809 @section TAP state names
7810 @cindex TAP state names
7811
7812 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7813 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7814 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7815 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7816
7817 @itemize @bullet
7818 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7819 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7820 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7821 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7822 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7823 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7824 through the data register
7825 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7826 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7827 for update or more shifting
7828 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7829 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7830 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7831 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7832 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7833 through the instruction register
7834 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7835 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7836 for update or more shifting
7837 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7838 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7839 @end itemize
7840
7841 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7842 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7843 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7844 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7845
7846 @itemize @bullet
7847 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7848 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7849 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7850 may not be as expected.
7851 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7852 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7853 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7854 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7855 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7856 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7857 @end itemize
7858
7859 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7860 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7861
7862 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7863 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7864 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7865 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7866
7867 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7868 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7869 @cindex SVF
7870
7871 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7872 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7873 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7874 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7875
7876 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7877 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7878 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7879 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7880 each command is logged before it is executed.
7881 @end deffn
7882
7883 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7884 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7885 @cindex XSVF
7886
7887 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7888 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7889 Xilinx devices.
7890 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7891 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7892
7893 @quotation Important
7894 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7895 @end quotation
7896
7897 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7898 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7899 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7900 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7901 that TAP.
7902 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7903 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7904 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7905 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7906 @end deffn
7907
7908 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7909 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7910 after building the software.
7911 You may find them useful:
7912
7913 @itemize
7914 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7915 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7916 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7917 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7918 @end itemize
7919
7920 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7921 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7922 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7923 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7924 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7925 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7926 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7927
7928
7929 @node TFTP
7930 @chapter TFTP
7931 @cindex TFTP
7932 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7933 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7934
7935 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7936 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7937 server (tftpd). For example,
7938
7939 @example
7940 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7941 @end example
7942
7943 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7944 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7945
7946 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7947 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7948 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7949 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7950
7951 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7952 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7953 @cindex GDB
7954 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7955 to debug remote targets.
7956 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7957
7958 @itemize
7959 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7960 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
7961 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7962 as shown in this chapter.
7963 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7964 that also will probably need to be configured.
7965 @end itemize
7966
7967 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7968 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7969 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7970 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7971 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7972 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7973
7974 @section Connecting to GDB
7975 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7976 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7977 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7978 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7979 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7980
7981 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7982
7983 @enumerate
7984 @item
7985 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7986 @example
7987 target remote localhost:3333
7988 @end example
7989 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7990
7991 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
7992 @example
7993 target extended-remote localhost:3333
7994 @end example
7995 @item
7996 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7997 @example
7998 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7999 @end example
8000 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8001 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8002 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8003 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8004 @end enumerate
8005
8006 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8007 GDB command line.
8008
8009 @section Sample GDB session startup
8010
8011 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8012 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8013 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
8014 small ARM program.
8015 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8016 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8017
8018 @example
8019 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8020 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8021 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8022 ...
8023 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8024 ...
8025 (gdb) load
8026 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8027 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8028 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8029 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8030 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8031 (gdb) continue
8032 Continuing.
8033 ...
8034 @end example
8035
8036 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8037 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8038 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8039 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8040
8041 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8042
8043 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8044 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8045 packet size and the device's memory map.
8046 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8047 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8048 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8049
8050 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8051 You may need to set those up by hand.
8052 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8053 something like:
8054
8055 @example
8056 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8057 @end example
8058
8059 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8060
8061 @example
8062 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8063 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8064 @end example
8065
8066 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8067 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8068 do not have such restrictions.
8069
8070 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8071 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8072 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8073
8074 @example
8075 define hook-step
8076 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8077 end
8078 define hookpost-step
8079 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8080 end
8081 @end example
8082
8083 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8084 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8085 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8086 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8087
8088 @section Programming using GDB
8089 @cindex Programming using GDB
8090 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8091
8092 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8093 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8094 @example
8095 gdb_memory_map disable
8096 @end example
8097 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8098 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8099 working area.
8100
8101 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8102 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8103 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8104 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8105
8106 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
8107 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8108
8109 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8110 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8111 @example
8112 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8113 @end example
8114
8115 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8116 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8117
8118 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8119 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8120 will be used.
8121
8122 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8123 script can be executed:
8124 @example
8125 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8126 @end example
8127
8128 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8129 can be used.
8130 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8131 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8132 @cindex SMP
8133 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8134 @itemize @bullet
8135 @item j - smp status request
8136 @item J - smp set request
8137 @end itemize
8138
8139 OpenOCD implements :
8140 @itemize @bullet
8141 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8142 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8143 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8144 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8145 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8146 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8147 @end itemize
8148
8149 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8150 @itemize @bullet
8151 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8152 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8153 @example
8154 set $_core 1
8155 #Jc01 packet is sent
8156 print $_core
8157 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8158 @end example
8159
8160 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8161 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8162
8163 @example
8164 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8165 define toggle0
8166 maint packet Jc0
8167 continue
8168 main packet Jc-1
8169 end
8170 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8171 define toggle1
8172 maint packet Jc1
8173 continue
8174 main packet Jc-1
8175 end
8176 @end example
8177 @end itemize
8178
8179 @section RTOS Support
8180 @cindex RTOS Support
8181 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8182
8183 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8184 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8185
8186 @* An example setup is below:
8187
8188 @example
8189 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8190 @end example
8191
8192 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8193
8194 Currently supported rtos's include:
8195 @itemize @bullet
8196 @item @option{eCos}
8197 @item @option{ThreadX}
8198 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8199 @item @option{linux}
8200 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8201 @item @option{embKernel}
8202 @end itemize
8203
8204 @quotation Note
8205 Before an RTOS can be detected it must export certain symbols otherwise it cannot be used by
8206 OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8207 @end quotation
8208
8209 @table @code
8210 @item eCos symbols
8211 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8212 @item ThreadX symbols
8213 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8214 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8215 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8216 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8217 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8218 @item linux symbols
8219 init_task.
8220 @item ChibiOS symbols
8221 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8222 @item embKernel symbols
8223 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8224 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8225 @end table
8226
8227 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8228 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8229 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8230
8231 @node Tcl Scripting API
8232 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8233 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8234 @cindex Tcl scripts
8235 @section API rules
8236
8237 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
8238 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
8239 information as an argument to each proc.
8240
8241 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8242 pair list and lists.
8243
8244 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8245 list.
8246
8247 @verbatim
8248
8249 > set foo(me) Duane
8250 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8251 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8252 > set foo(duck) Donald
8253
8254 If one does this:
8255
8256 > set foo
8257
8258 The result is:
8259
8260 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8261
8262 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8263
8264 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8265 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8266 }
8267 @end verbatim
8268
8269 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
8270 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8271
8272 @section Internal low-level Commands
8273
8274 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
8275
8276 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
8277 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8278 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8279
8280 @itemize @bullet
8281 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8282
8283 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8284 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8285
8286 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8287 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8288
8289 Return information about the flash banks
8290 @end itemize
8291
8292 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8293 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8294 called "flash_banks".
8295
8296 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8297
8298 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8299 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8300 holds one of the following values:
8301
8302 @itemize @bullet
8303 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8304 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8305 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8306 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8307 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8308 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8309 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8310 @end itemize
8311
8312 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8313
8314 @quotation Note
8315 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8316 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8317 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8318 is jim, not real tcl).
8319 @end quotation
8320
8321 @node FAQ
8322 @chapter FAQ
8323 @cindex faq
8324 @enumerate
8325 @anchor{faqrtck}
8326 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8327 @cindex RTCK
8328 @cindex adaptive clocking
8329 @*
8330
8331 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8332 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8333 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8334 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8335
8336 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8337 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8338 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8339 @enumerate
8340 @item
8341 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8342 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8343 @item
8344 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8345 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8346 @end enumerate
8347
8348 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8349 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8350 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8351 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8352 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8353 power).
8354
8355 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8356 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8357 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8358 ARM926 scenario).
8359 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8360 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8361 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8362
8363 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8364 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8365 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8366 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8367
8368 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8369
8370 In order to make use of this,
8371 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8372 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8373
8374 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8375 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8376 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8377 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8378 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8379
8380 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8381 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8382 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8383 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8384
8385 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8386 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8387 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8388 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8389 with a CPLD.
8390 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8391 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8392 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8393 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8394 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8395 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8396
8397 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8398
8399 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8400
8401 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8402 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8403 depending on the chips on your board.
8404 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8405 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8406 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8407
8408 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8409 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8410 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8411
8412 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8413 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8414 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8415 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8416
8417 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8418 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8419 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8420 this way.
8421
8422 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8423 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8424 clock rate.
8425 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8426 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8427 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8428
8429 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8430
8431 @example
8432 # Example: 1.234MHz
8433 adapter_khz 1234
8434 @end example
8435
8436
8437 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8438
8439 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8440 around Windows filenames.
8441
8442 @example
8443 > echo \a
8444
8445 > echo @{\a@}
8446 \a
8447 > echo "\a"
8448
8449 >
8450 @end example
8451
8452
8453 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8454
8455 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8456 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8457 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8458
8459 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8460 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8461 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8462
8463 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8464 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8465 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8466
8467 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8468
8469 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8470 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8471 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8472 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8473
8474 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8475 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8476 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8477
8478 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8479 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8480
8481 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8482 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8483 memory read caused data abort".
8484
8485 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8486 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8487 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8488 be done, feel free to add this here.
8489
8490 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8491 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8492 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8493 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8494 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8495 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8496 gracefully stops.
8497
8498 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8499 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8500 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8501
8502 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8503 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8504 bytes. Painful...
8505
8506
8507 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8508 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8509
8510 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8511 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8512 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8513 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8514 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8515 reset, everything else should work fine.
8516
8517 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8518 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8519 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8520 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8521
8522 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8523 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8524 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8525 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8526
8527 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8528
8529 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8530 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8531 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8532 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8533
8534 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8535 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8536 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8537 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8538
8539 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8540 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8541 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8542
8543 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8544 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8545
8546 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8547 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8548 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8549 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8550 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8551 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8552 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8553 clock frequency?
8554
8555 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8556 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8557 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8558 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8559 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8560
8561 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8562
8563 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8564 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8565 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8566 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8567 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8568 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8569 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8570
8571 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8572
8573 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8574 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8575 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8576 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8577
8578 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8579 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8580 particular order?
8581
8582 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8583 the same order used by the hardware.
8584
8585 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8586 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8587 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8588 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8589 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8590 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8591
8592 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8593 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8594 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8595 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8596
8597 @itemize @bullet
8598 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8599 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8600 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8601 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8602 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8603 @end itemize
8604
8605 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8606
8607 @itemize @bullet
8608 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8609 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8610 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8611 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8612 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8613 @end itemize
8614
8615
8616 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8617 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8618 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8619
8620 TODO.
8621
8622 @end enumerate
8623
8624 @node Tcl Crash Course
8625 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8626 @cindex Tcl
8627
8628 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8629 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8630 how the Tcl scripts work.
8631
8632 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8633 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8634 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8635 OpenOCD.
8636
8637 @section Tcl Rule #1
8638 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8639 @enumerate
8640 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8641 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8642 @end enumerate
8643
8644 The Tcl equal is this:
8645
8646 @enumerate
8647 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8648 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8649 @end enumerate
8650
8651 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8652 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8653
8654 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8655 There is a second pair of rules.
8656 @enumerate
8657 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8658 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8659 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8660 in Tcl.
8661 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8662 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8663 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8664 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8665 @end enumerate
8666
8667 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8668 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8669 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8670 Everything is a string}
8671
8672 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8673 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8674 difference is subtle.
8675 @enumerate
8676 @item Parse Time
8677 @item Evaluation Time
8678 @end enumerate
8679
8680 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8681 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8682 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8683
8684 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8685 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8686 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8687 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8688
8689 @itemize @bullet
8690 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8691 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8692 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8693 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8694 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8695 @example
8696 # bash example
8697 X=`date`
8698 echo "The Date is: $X"
8699 # Tcl example
8700 set X [date]
8701 puts "The Date is: $X"
8702 @end example
8703 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8704 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8705 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8706 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8707 is a string}
8708 @example
8709 set x "Dinner"
8710 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8711 @end example
8712 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8713 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8714 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8715 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8716 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8717 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8718 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8719 @end itemize
8720
8721 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8722
8723 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8724
8725 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8726
8727 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8728 the normal way.
8729
8730 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8731 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8732 line is immedatly executed.
8733
8734 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8735 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8736
8737 @subsection Command Execution
8738
8739 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8740 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8741 control flow operators.
8742
8743 Commands are executed like this:
8744
8745 @enumerate
8746 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8747 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8748 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8749 @end enumerate
8750
8751 It sort of works like this:
8752 @example
8753 for(;;)@{
8754 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8755
8756 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8757
8758 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8759 @}
8760 @end example
8761
8762 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8763 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8764 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8765 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8766 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8767 ``LookupCommand()''
8768
8769 @subsection The FOR command
8770
8771 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8772 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8773 command just like any other command.
8774
8775 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8776 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8777 are:
8778
8779 @enumerate 0
8780 @item The ascii text 'for'
8781 @item The start text
8782 @item The test expression
8783 @item The next text
8784 @item The body text
8785 @end enumerate
8786
8787 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8788 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8789 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8790 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8791
8792 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8793 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8794
8795 @example
8796 int
8797 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8798 int *argc,
8799 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8800 @end example
8801
8802 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8803 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8804 still operates in the same basic way.
8805
8806 @subsection FOR command implementation
8807
8808 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8809 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8810
8811 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8812
8813 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8814
8815 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8816 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8817 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8818
8819 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8820 expression and returns a value.
8821
8822 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8823 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8824 @example
8825 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8826
8827 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8828
8829 int
8830 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8831 int argc,
8832 char **argv )
8833 @{
8834 if( argc != 5 )@{
8835 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8836 return ERROR;
8837 @}
8838
8839 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8840
8841 // Execute the start statement.
8842 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8843
8844 // Top of loop test
8845 for(;;)@{
8846 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8847 if( i == 0 )
8848 break;
8849
8850 // Execute the body
8851 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8852
8853 // Execute the LOOP part
8854 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8855 @}
8856
8857 // Return no error
8858 SetResult( interp, "" );
8859 return SUCCESS;
8860 @}
8861 @end example
8862
8863 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8864 in the same basic way.
8865
8866 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8867
8868 @subsection source and find commands
8869 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8870 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8871 @*Remember the parsing rules
8872 @enumerate
8873 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8874 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8875 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8876 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8877 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8878 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8879 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8880 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8881 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8882 @end enumerate
8883 @subsection format command
8884 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8885 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8886 @b{sprintf()}.
8887 @b{Example}
8888 @example
8889 set x 6
8890 set y 7
8891 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8892 @end example
8893 @enumerate
8894 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8895 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8896 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8897 @* Refer to Rule #1
8898 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8899 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8900 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8901 @end enumerate
8902 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8903 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8904 @example
8905 #1 Good
8906 proc someproc @{@} @{
8907 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8908 @}
8909 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8910 #2 Good - no variables
8911 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8912 #3 Good Curly Braces
8913 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8914 puts "Time: [date]"
8915 @}
8916 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8917 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8918 @end example
8919 @enumerate
8920 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8921 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8922 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8923 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8924 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8925 command.
8926 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8927 @*There are 4 examples:
8928 @enumerate
8929 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8930 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8931 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8932 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8933 @end enumerate
8934
8935 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8936 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8937 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8938
8939 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8940 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8941 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8942 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8943 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8944 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8945 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8946 @end enumerate
8947 @subsection Global Variables
8948 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8949 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8950 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8951 @example
8952 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8953 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8954 global x #Global variable X
8955 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8956 @}
8957 @end example
8958 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8959 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8960 @example
8961 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8962 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8963 # Create var name
8964 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8965 # Make it a global
8966 global $vn
8967 # Set it.
8968 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8969 @}
8970 @end example
8971 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8972 @example
8973 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8974 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8975 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8976 @}
8977 @end example
8978
8979 @include fdl.texi
8980
8981 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8982 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8983 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8984 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8985 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8986 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8987
8988 @printindex cp
8989
8990 @node Command and Driver Index
8991 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8992 @printindex fn
8993
8994 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)